1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
83 #include "common/array-view.h"
84 #include "common/gdb_optional.h"
86 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
87 enum exception_event_kind
94 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
96 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
97 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)>);
99 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
102 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
103 struct linespec_result *canonical,
104 enum bptype type_wanted);
106 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
107 struct linespec_result *,
108 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>,
109 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>,
111 enum bpdisp, int, int,
113 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
114 int, int, int, unsigned);
116 static std::vector<symtab_and_line> decode_location_default
117 (struct breakpoint *b, const struct event_location *location,
118 struct program_space *search_pspace);
120 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
121 (const std::vector<value_ref_ptr> &vals);
123 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
125 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
127 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
128 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
129 const struct symtab_and_line *);
131 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
133 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
134 struct symtab_and_line,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
138 static struct breakpoint *
139 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
144 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
146 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
151 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
152 struct obj_section *, int);
154 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
155 struct bp_location *loc2);
157 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
158 const struct address_space *aspace,
161 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *,
162 const address_space *,
165 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *);
166 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, enum remove_bp_reason);
168 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
170 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
172 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
174 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
176 int *other_type_used);
178 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
181 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
182 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
183 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
185 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
187 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
188 insert locations now. */
189 enum ugll_insert_mode
191 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
192 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
193 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
194 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
195 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
196 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
197 returns true on them.
199 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
200 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
201 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
202 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
203 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
204 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
208 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
209 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
212 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
213 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
214 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
215 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
216 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
217 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
218 as no thread is running yet. */
222 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
224 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
226 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
228 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
230 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
232 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
234 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
236 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
238 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
241 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
243 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
244 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
245 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
246 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
248 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
249 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
251 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
252 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
254 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
256 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
258 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
259 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
261 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
262 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
264 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
265 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
266 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
267 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
268 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
269 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
271 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
272 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
273 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
274 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
280 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
282 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
283 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
284 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
285 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
287 static char *dprintf_function;
289 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
290 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
291 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
292 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
293 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
294 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
295 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
297 static char *dprintf_channel;
299 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
301 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
303 struct command_line *
304 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
306 return b->commands ? b->commands.get () : NULL;
309 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
310 current breakpoint. */
312 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
315 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
317 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
318 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
320 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
322 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
325 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
326 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
327 if such is available. */
328 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
331 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
332 struct cmd_list_element *c,
335 fprintf_filtered (file,
336 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
337 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
341 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
342 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
343 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
344 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
345 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
347 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
348 struct cmd_list_element *c,
351 fprintf_filtered (file,
352 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
353 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
357 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
358 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
359 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
360 use hardware breakpoints. */
361 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
363 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
364 struct cmd_list_element *c,
367 fprintf_filtered (file,
368 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
372 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
373 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
374 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
375 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
376 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
377 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
378 processing user input. */
379 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
382 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
383 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
385 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
389 /* See breakpoint.h. */
392 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
394 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
396 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
397 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
398 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
401 else if (target_has_execution)
403 struct thread_info *tp;
405 if (always_inserted_mode)
407 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
412 if (threads_are_executing ())
415 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
416 stopped, we still have events to process. */
417 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp)
419 && tp->suspend.waitstatus_pending_p)
425 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
427 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
428 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
429 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
430 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
431 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
432 condition_evaluation_auto,
433 condition_evaluation_host,
434 condition_evaluation_target,
438 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
439 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
441 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
442 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
443 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
445 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
446 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
447 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
451 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
453 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
455 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
456 return condition_evaluation_target;
458 return condition_evaluation_host;
464 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
467 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
469 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
472 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
476 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
478 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
480 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
483 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
484 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
486 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
487 static int overlay_events_enabled;
489 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
490 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
492 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
493 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
494 current breakpoint. */
496 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
498 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
499 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
500 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
503 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
504 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
505 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
507 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
508 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
509 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
512 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
513 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
514 to where the loop should start from.
515 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
516 appropriate location to start with. */
518 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
519 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
520 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
522 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
523 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
526 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
528 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
529 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
530 if (is_tracepoint (B))
532 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
534 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
536 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
538 static struct bp_location **bp_locations;
540 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
542 static unsigned bp_locations_count;
544 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
545 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
546 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
547 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
548 an address you need to read. */
550 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max;
552 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
553 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
554 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
555 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
556 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
558 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max;
560 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
561 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
562 reported by a target. */
563 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
565 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
567 static int breakpoint_count;
569 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
570 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
571 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
572 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
573 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
575 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
577 static int tracepoint_count;
579 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
580 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
581 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
583 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
586 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func) (struct breakpoint *b, void *d),
589 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
593 if (func (b, user_data) != 0)
600 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
602 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
604 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
607 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
610 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
612 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
613 breakpoint_count = num;
614 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
617 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
618 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
619 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
621 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
624 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
626 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
629 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
632 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
634 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
637 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
640 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
642 struct breakpoint *b;
649 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
650 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
653 get_breakpoint (int num)
655 struct breakpoint *b;
658 if (b->number == num)
666 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
667 evaluating conditions on its side. */
670 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
672 struct bp_location *loc;
674 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
675 evaluating conditions and if the user has
676 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
678 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
679 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
682 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
685 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
686 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
689 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
690 evaluating conditions on its side. */
693 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
695 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
696 evaluating conditions and if the user has
697 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
699 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
700 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
704 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
707 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
710 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
711 condition_evaluation_mode. */
714 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args, int from_tty,
715 struct cmd_list_element *c)
717 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
719 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
720 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
722 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
723 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
724 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
728 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
729 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
731 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
732 settings was "auto". */
733 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
735 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
736 if (new_mode != old_mode)
738 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
739 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
740 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
742 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
743 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
746 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
748 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
751 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
755 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
756 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
757 target knows about. */
758 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
759 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
760 loc->needs_update = 1;
764 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
770 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
771 what "auto" is translating to. */
774 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
775 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
777 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
778 fprintf_filtered (file,
779 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
780 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
782 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
784 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
788 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
789 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
790 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
793 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
795 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
796 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
798 if (a->address == b->address)
801 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
804 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
805 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
806 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
809 static struct bp_location **
810 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
812 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
813 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
814 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
816 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
817 dummy_loc.address = address;
819 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
820 locp_found = ((struct bp_location **)
821 bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_locations, bp_locations_count,
822 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
823 bp_locations_compare_addrs));
825 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
826 if (locp_found == NULL)
829 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
830 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
831 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_locations
832 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
839 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, const char *exp,
842 xfree (b->cond_string);
843 b->cond_string = NULL;
845 if (is_watchpoint (b))
847 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
849 w->cond_exp.reset ();
853 struct bp_location *loc;
855 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
859 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
860 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
861 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
868 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
872 const char *arg = exp;
874 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
875 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
876 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
877 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
879 if (is_watchpoint (b))
881 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
883 innermost_block.reset ();
885 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
887 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
888 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block.block ();
892 struct bp_location *loc;
894 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
898 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
899 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
901 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
905 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
907 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
910 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
913 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
914 completion_tracker &tracker,
915 const char *text, const char *word)
919 text = skip_spaces (text);
920 space = skip_to_space (text);
924 struct breakpoint *b;
928 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
929 if (!isdigit (text[1]))
930 complete_internalvar (tracker, &text[1]);
934 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
941 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
943 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
945 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> copy (xstrdup (number));
946 tracker.add_completion (std::move (copy));
953 /* We're completing the expression part. */
954 text = skip_spaces (space);
955 expression_completer (cmd, tracker, text, word);
958 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
961 condition_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
963 struct breakpoint *b;
968 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
971 bnum = get_number (&p);
973 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
976 if (b->number == bnum)
978 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
979 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
980 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
981 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
982 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
986 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
987 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
988 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
990 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
992 if (is_breakpoint (b))
993 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
998 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1001 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1002 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1003 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1006 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1008 struct command_line *c;
1010 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1014 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1015 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1016 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1018 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1019 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1021 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1022 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1023 command directly. */
1024 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1025 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1027 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1028 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1032 struct longjmp_breakpoint : public breakpoint
1034 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override;
1037 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1040 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type)
1042 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1043 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1044 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1048 is_longjmp_type (bptype type)
1050 return type == bp_longjmp || type == bp_exception;
1054 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1056 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1059 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1062 static std::unique_ptr<breakpoint>
1063 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type)
1067 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
1068 b = new tracepoint ();
1069 else if (is_longjmp_type (type))
1070 b = new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1072 b = new breakpoint ();
1074 return std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> (b);
1077 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1078 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1082 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1083 struct command_line *commands)
1085 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1087 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1088 struct command_line *c;
1089 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1091 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1092 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1096 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1097 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1098 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1099 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1100 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1101 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1102 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1103 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1104 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1105 tracepoint's context. */
1106 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1108 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1110 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1111 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1112 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1113 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1114 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1115 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1118 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1119 "can be used only once"));
1124 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1128 struct command_line *c2;
1130 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1131 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1132 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1134 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1135 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1141 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1145 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1146 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1149 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1151 struct breakpoint *b;
1152 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1153 struct bp_location *loc;
1156 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1158 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1159 if (loc->address == addr)
1160 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1166 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1167 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1170 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1171 command_line_up &&commands)
1173 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands.get ());
1175 b->commands = std::move (commands);
1176 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1179 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1180 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1184 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1186 int old_silent = b->silent;
1189 if (old_silent != silent)
1190 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1193 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1194 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1197 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1199 int old_thread = b->thread;
1202 if (old_thread != thread)
1203 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1206 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1207 breakpoint work for any task. */
1210 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1212 int old_task = b->task;
1215 if (old_task != task)
1216 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1220 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1222 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) closure;
1224 validate_actionline (line, b);
1228 commands_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
1229 struct command_line *control)
1231 counted_command_line cmd;
1233 std::string new_arg;
1235 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1237 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1238 new_arg = string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1240 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1241 new_arg = string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1242 arg = new_arg.c_str ();
1245 map_breakpoint_numbers
1246 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *b)
1250 if (control != NULL)
1251 cmd = copy_command_lines (control->body_list[0]);
1255 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1256 "%s, one per line."),
1259 cmd = read_command_lines (&str[0],
1262 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1267 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1269 if (b->commands != cmd)
1271 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, cmd.get ());
1273 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1279 commands_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
1281 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1284 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1285 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1287 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1288 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1289 enum command_control_type
1290 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1292 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1293 return simple_control;
1296 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1299 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1301 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1305 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1306 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1311 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1312 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1315 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1316 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1317 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1320 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1321 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1322 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1323 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1324 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1326 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1327 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1331 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1332 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1334 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1338 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1340 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1341 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1343 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1345 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1350 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1352 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1357 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1358 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1360 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1361 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1362 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1366 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1368 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1369 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1372 if (readbuf != NULL)
1374 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1375 shadow_contents buffer. */
1376 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1377 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1378 + target_info->shadow_len));
1380 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1382 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1383 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1387 const unsigned char *bp;
1388 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1391 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1392 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1393 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1395 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1397 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1399 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1400 breakpoint's INSN. */
1401 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1405 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1406 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1408 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1409 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1410 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1412 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1413 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1414 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1415 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1416 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1417 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1418 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1419 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1421 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1424 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1425 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1426 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1428 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1430 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1432 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1433 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1434 report higher one. */
1437 bc_r = bp_locations_count;
1438 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1440 struct bp_location *bl;
1442 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1443 bl = bp_locations[bc];
1445 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1446 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1447 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1448 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1450 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1451 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1452 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1454 if ((bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1456 && (bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1463 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1464 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1465 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1466 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1467 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1470 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1472 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1473 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1474 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1477 && bp_locations[bc_l]->address == bp_locations[bc_l - 1]->address)
1480 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1482 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_locations_count; bc++)
1484 struct bp_location *bl = bp_locations[bc];
1486 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1487 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1488 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1491 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1494 if (bl->address >= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1495 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1496 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max))
1499 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1502 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1503 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1509 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1513 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1515 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1516 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1517 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1520 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1523 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1525 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1526 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1527 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1530 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1534 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1536 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1537 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1540 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1541 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1542 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1543 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1544 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1545 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1546 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1547 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1550 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1552 return (b->pspace == current_program_space
1553 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1554 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1555 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1558 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1559 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1562 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1564 if (w->related_breakpoint != w)
1566 gdb_assert (w->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1567 gdb_assert (w->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == w);
1568 w->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1569 w->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = w->related_breakpoint;
1570 w->related_breakpoint = w;
1572 w->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1575 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1578 static struct value *
1579 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1581 struct value *bit_val;
1586 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1588 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1591 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1598 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1599 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1600 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1601 to be able to report stops. */
1604 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint *b,
1605 struct program_space *pspace)
1607 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL);
1609 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1610 b->loc->pspace = pspace;
1611 b->loc->address = -1;
1612 b->loc->length = -1;
1615 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1616 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1619 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
1621 return (b->type == bp_watchpoint
1623 && b->loc->next == NULL
1624 && b->loc->address == -1
1625 && b->loc->length == -1);
1628 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1629 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1630 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1631 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1633 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1635 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1636 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1639 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1640 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1641 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1642 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1643 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1644 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1645 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1646 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1648 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1649 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1650 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1651 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1652 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1653 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1654 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1655 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1658 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1659 hardware watchpoints:
1661 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1662 called several times when GDB stops.
1665 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1666 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1667 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1668 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1669 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1670 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1671 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1672 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1673 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1674 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1675 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1677 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1678 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1681 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1683 int within_current_scope;
1684 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1687 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1688 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1689 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1690 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1693 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1698 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1699 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1700 within_current_scope = 1;
1703 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1704 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1705 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1707 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1708 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1709 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1710 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1711 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1714 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1715 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1716 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1717 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1720 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1722 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1723 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1724 if (within_current_scope)
1728 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1729 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1730 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1733 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1738 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1739 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1740 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1741 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1742 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1743 be completely different objects. */
1747 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1748 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1749 locations (re)created below. */
1750 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1752 b->cond_exp.reset ();
1755 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1759 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1760 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1761 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1762 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1763 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1764 if (!target_has_execution)
1766 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1767 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1768 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1769 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1771 if (b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1772 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1774 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1775 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1778 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1781 std::vector<value_ref_ptr> val_chain;
1782 struct value *v, *result, *next;
1783 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1785 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp.get (), &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1787 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1788 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1789 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1790 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1791 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1793 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (b))
1795 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1796 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1797 b->val = release_value (v);
1801 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1803 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1804 gdb_assert (!val_chain.empty ());
1805 for (const value_ref_ptr &iter : val_chain)
1809 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1810 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1811 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1812 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1813 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1814 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1815 && (v == val_chain[0] || ! value_lazy (v)))
1817 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1819 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1820 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1821 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1823 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1824 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1827 enum target_hw_bp_type type;
1828 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1829 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1831 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1833 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1835 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1836 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1838 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
1840 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1841 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1842 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1843 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
1844 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
1847 addr = value_address (v);
1850 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1855 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1857 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1860 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1861 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1864 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1866 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1867 loc->address = address_significant (loc->gdbarch, addr);
1871 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1872 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
1875 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1877 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1882 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1883 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1884 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1889 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1890 struct bp_location *bl;
1892 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1896 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1899 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1900 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1901 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1903 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1904 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1905 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1906 this watchpoint in as well. */
1908 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1909 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1910 hardware watchpoint type. */
1912 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1913 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1915 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1916 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1917 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1918 through watch_command), so always account for it
1921 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1922 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b, type, &other_type_used);
1924 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1925 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
1928 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1929 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1931 int sw_mode = b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b);
1933 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1934 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1935 "hardware watchpoint."));
1936 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1937 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1938 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1940 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1941 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1945 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1946 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1947 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1952 else if (!b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1954 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1955 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1956 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1958 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1959 "read/access watchpoint."));
1962 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1964 loc_type = (b->type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1965 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1966 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1967 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1970 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1971 above left it without any location set up. But,
1972 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1973 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1974 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL)
1975 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b, frame_pspace);
1977 else if (!within_current_scope)
1979 printf_filtered (_("\
1980 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1981 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1983 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1986 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1988 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1992 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1993 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1994 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1995 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1996 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1998 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2000 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2003 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2006 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2009 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2012 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2013 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2014 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2015 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2016 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2017 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2018 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2019 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2020 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2023 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2024 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2025 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2027 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2028 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2029 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2031 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2032 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2033 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2034 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2035 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2036 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2037 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2038 && !(bl->owner->type == bp_single_step
2039 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl->owner->thread)))
2043 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2044 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2045 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2046 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2051 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2052 instruction that triggered one. */
2053 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2054 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2058 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2059 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2060 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2061 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2070 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2071 that the location is not duplicated. */
2074 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2077 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2080 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2081 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2085 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2086 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2087 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2088 any error during parsing. */
2090 static agent_expr_up
2091 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2096 agent_expr_up aexpr;
2098 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2099 that may show up. */
2102 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2105 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2107 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2108 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2109 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2113 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2117 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2118 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2119 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2120 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2121 one of them is true. */
2124 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2126 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2127 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2128 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2129 struct bp_location *loc;
2131 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2132 bl->target_info.conditions.clear ();
2134 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2135 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2136 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2138 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2139 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2142 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2143 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2144 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2145 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2146 response back to GDB. */
2147 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2150 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2154 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2155 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2156 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2157 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2158 loc->cond_bytecode = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2162 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2163 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2164 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2166 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2172 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2173 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2174 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2176 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2177 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2178 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2180 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2183 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2185 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2187 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2190 loc->cond_bytecode.reset ();
2195 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2196 for this location's address. */
2197 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2201 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2202 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2203 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2206 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2207 to send the conditions to the target. */
2208 bl->target_info.conditions.push_back (loc->cond_bytecode.get ());
2215 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2216 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2217 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2219 static agent_expr_up
2220 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2222 const char *cmdrest;
2223 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2224 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2231 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2233 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2235 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2236 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2238 format_start = cmdrest;
2240 format_pieces fpieces (&cmdrest);
2242 format_end = cmdrest;
2244 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2245 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2247 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2249 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2250 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2252 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2254 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2256 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2258 std::vector<struct expression *> argvec;
2259 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2264 expression_up expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2265 argvec.push_back (expr.release ());
2267 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2271 agent_expr_up aexpr;
2273 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2274 that may show up. */
2277 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2278 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2279 argvec.size (), argvec.data ());
2281 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2283 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2284 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2285 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2289 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2293 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2294 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2295 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2298 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2300 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2301 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2302 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2303 struct bp_location *loc;
2305 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2306 bl->target_info.tcommands.clear ();
2308 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2311 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2312 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2315 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2316 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2317 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2319 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2322 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2323 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2324 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2328 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2329 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2330 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2331 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2332 response back to GDB. */
2333 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2336 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2340 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2341 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2342 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2343 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2345 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2346 loc->owner->extra_string);
2349 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2350 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2351 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2353 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2359 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2361 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2363 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2366 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2367 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2369 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2371 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2374 loc->cmd_bytecode.reset ();
2379 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2380 for this location's address. */
2381 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2384 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2385 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2386 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2387 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2390 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2391 to send the commands to the target. */
2392 bl->target_info.tcommands.push_back (loc->cmd_bytecode.get ());
2396 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2397 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2398 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2399 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2402 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2403 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2404 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2408 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR *addr)
2410 if (bl->owner->type == bp_single_step)
2412 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (bl->owner->thread);
2413 struct regcache *regcache;
2415 regcache = get_thread_regcache (thr->ptid);
2417 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl->gdbarch,
2421 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl->gdbarch, addr);
2424 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2425 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2426 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2427 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2430 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2431 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2433 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2434 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2435 int *disabled_breaks,
2436 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2437 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2439 gdb_exception bp_excpt = exception_none;
2441 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2444 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2445 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2446 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2447 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2448 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2449 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2450 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2451 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2452 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2453 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2454 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2455 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2457 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2458 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2459 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2460 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2462 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2464 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2465 build_target_command_list (bl);
2466 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2467 bl->needs_update = 0;
2470 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2471 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2473 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2475 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2476 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2477 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2479 Two important cases are:
2480 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2481 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2482 hardware breakpoint.
2483 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2484 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2485 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2488 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2489 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2490 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2491 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2493 struct mem_region *mr
2494 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2498 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2500 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2502 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2503 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2505 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2507 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2509 static int said = 0;
2511 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2514 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2515 _("Note: automatically using "
2516 "hardware breakpoints for "
2517 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2522 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2523 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2525 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2526 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2527 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2528 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2530 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2536 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2537 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2538 || bl->section == NULL
2539 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2541 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2546 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2548 bp_excpt = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2550 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2558 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2559 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2560 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2562 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2563 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2564 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2565 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2566 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2570 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2572 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2573 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2574 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2576 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2581 bl->overlay_target_info.kind
2582 = breakpoint_kind (bl, &addr);
2583 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2584 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2585 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2588 = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2590 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2596 if (bp_excpt.reason != 0)
2597 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2598 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2599 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2603 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2604 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2606 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2611 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2613 bp_excpt = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2615 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2623 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2624 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2629 if (bp_excpt.reason != 0)
2631 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2633 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2634 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2635 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2636 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2637 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2638 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2639 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2640 errors as memory errors. */
2641 if (bp_excpt.reason == RETURN_ERROR
2642 && (bp_excpt.error == GENERIC_ERROR
2643 || bp_excpt.error == MEMORY_ERROR)
2644 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2645 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2646 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2649 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2650 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2651 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bl->owner);
2652 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2654 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2655 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2657 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2658 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2659 "library breakpoints:\n");
2661 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2662 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2663 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2668 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2670 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2671 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_excpt.message != NULL;
2672 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2673 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2675 bp_excpt.message ? ":" : ".\n");
2676 if (bp_excpt.message != NULL)
2677 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n",
2682 if (bp_excpt.message == NULL)
2685 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2686 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2688 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2689 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2691 bl->owner->number, message.c_str ());
2695 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2696 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2711 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2712 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2713 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2714 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2718 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2719 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2721 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2723 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2724 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2725 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2727 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2729 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2730 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2732 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2734 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2735 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2739 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2740 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2747 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2748 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2751 /* Back to the original value. */
2752 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2756 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2759 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2763 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2764 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2766 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2769 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2773 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2774 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2776 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2779 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2781 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2782 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2783 so just return success. */
2790 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2791 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2795 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2797 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2798 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2800 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2801 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2803 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2804 delete_breakpoint (b);
2807 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2808 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2809 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2811 struct bp_location *tmp;
2813 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2815 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2816 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2817 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2819 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2820 if (tmp->next == loc)
2822 tmp->next = loc->next;
2828 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2829 removed locations above. */
2830 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
2833 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2834 Throws exception on any error.
2835 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2836 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2838 insert_breakpoints (void)
2840 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2842 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2843 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2845 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2847 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2850 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2851 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2852 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2853 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
2856 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2859 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2861 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2863 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2865 callback (loc, NULL);
2869 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2870 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2871 always-inserted mode. */
2874 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2876 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2879 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2880 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2881 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2883 string_file tmp_error_stream;
2885 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2886 there was an error. */
2887 tmp_error_stream.puts ("Warning:\n");
2889 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
2891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2893 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2895 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2898 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2899 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2900 deletion of breakpoints. */
2901 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2904 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2906 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2907 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2908 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2909 insert breakpoints. */
2910 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2911 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2914 val = insert_bp_location (bl, &tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2915 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2922 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2923 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2927 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2930 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2932 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2933 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2936 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2937 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2938 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2940 string_file tmp_error_stream;
2942 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2943 there was an error. */
2944 tmp_error_stream.puts ("Warning:\n");
2946 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
2948 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2950 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2953 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2954 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2955 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2956 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2957 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2960 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2962 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2963 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2964 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2965 insert breakpoints. */
2966 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2967 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2970 val = insert_bp_location (bl, &tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2971 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2976 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2977 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2978 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2980 int some_failed = 0;
2981 struct bp_location *loc;
2983 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2986 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2989 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2992 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2993 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3000 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3002 remove_breakpoint (loc);
3004 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3005 tmp_error_stream.printf ("Could not insert "
3006 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3014 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3015 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3016 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3018 tmp_error_stream.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3019 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3021 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3022 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3026 /* Used when the program stops.
3027 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3028 removing a breakpoint location. */
3031 remove_breakpoints (void)
3033 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3036 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3038 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3039 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl);
3044 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3048 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3050 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3052 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3054 if (b->thread == tp->global_num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3056 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3058 printf_filtered (_("\
3059 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3060 b->number, print_thread_id (tp));
3062 /* Hide it from the user. */
3068 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3071 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3073 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3075 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3077 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3079 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3082 if (bl->inserted && !bl->target_info.persist)
3084 val = remove_breakpoint (bl);
3092 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3094 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3095 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3096 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3097 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3098 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3099 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3101 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3104 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3107 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3108 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3112 static struct breakpoint *
3113 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3114 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3115 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3117 symtab_and_line sal;
3119 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3120 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3122 breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3123 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3124 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3129 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3131 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3133 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3135 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3136 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3138 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3139 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym {};
3141 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3142 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES] {};
3144 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3145 int longjmp_searched = 0;
3147 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3149 std::vector<probe *> longjmp_probes;
3151 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3152 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym {};
3154 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3155 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym {};
3157 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3158 int exception_searched = 0;
3160 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3162 std::vector<probe *> exception_probes;
3165 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3167 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3168 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3170 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3173 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3175 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3178 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3179 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3181 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3182 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3184 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3186 bp_objfile_data = ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data *)
3187 objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key));
3188 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3190 bp_objfile_data = new breakpoint_objfile_data ();
3191 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3193 return bp_objfile_data;
3197 free_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3199 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data
3200 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data *) data;
3202 delete bp_objfile_data;
3206 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3208 struct objfile *objfile;
3209 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3211 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3213 struct breakpoint *b;
3214 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3216 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3218 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3220 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3223 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3225 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3227 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3228 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3230 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3231 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3234 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3237 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3238 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3240 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3241 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3242 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3243 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3245 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3247 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3248 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3252 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3253 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3259 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3261 struct program_space *pspace;
3263 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
3265 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3267 struct objfile *objfile;
3269 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3271 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3274 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3275 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3277 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3279 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3281 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3283 std::vector<probe *> ret
3284 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3288 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3291 if (!p->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3293 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3294 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3298 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3299 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3302 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes.empty ())
3304 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3306 for (probe *p : bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes)
3308 struct breakpoint *b;
3310 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3311 p->get_relocated_address (objfile),
3313 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3314 b->location = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3315 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3321 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3324 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3326 struct breakpoint *b;
3327 const char *func_name;
3329 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3331 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3334 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3335 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3337 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3339 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3340 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3342 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3343 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3346 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3349 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3350 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3351 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3352 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3353 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3354 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3355 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3361 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3363 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3365 struct program_space *pspace;
3366 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3368 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
3370 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3372 struct objfile *objfile;
3375 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3377 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3379 struct breakpoint *b;
3380 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3381 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3383 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3385 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3388 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3390 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3392 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3393 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3394 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3396 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3397 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3400 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3403 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3404 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3405 bp_std_terminate_master,
3406 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3407 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3408 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3409 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3410 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3415 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3418 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3420 struct objfile *objfile;
3421 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3423 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3425 struct breakpoint *b;
3426 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3427 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3429 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3431 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3433 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3434 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3436 std::vector<probe *> ret
3437 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3441 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3444 if (!p->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3446 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3447 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3451 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3452 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3455 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_probes.empty ())
3457 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3459 for (probe *p : bp_objfile_data->exception_probes)
3461 struct breakpoint *b;
3463 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3464 p->get_relocated_address (objfile),
3465 bp_exception_master,
3466 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3467 b->location = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3468 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3474 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3476 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3479 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3481 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3483 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3485 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3486 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3488 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3492 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3495 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3496 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr, target_stack);
3497 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3498 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3499 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3500 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3501 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3502 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3506 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3509 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint *b)
3511 return b->location != NULL && event_location_empty_p (b->location.get ());
3515 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3517 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3518 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3520 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3521 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3522 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3523 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3524 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3525 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3526 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3527 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3528 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3529 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3530 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3532 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3534 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3537 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3538 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3540 delete_breakpoint (b);
3544 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3545 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3547 delete_breakpoint (b);
3551 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3552 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3553 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3554 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3555 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3557 delete_breakpoint (b);
3561 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3562 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3564 delete_breakpoint (b);
3568 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3569 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3571 delete_breakpoint (b);
3575 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3577 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3578 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3579 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3581 delete_breakpoint (b);
3585 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3587 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3588 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3589 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3590 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3594 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3595 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3596 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3597 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3598 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3599 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3601 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3602 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3603 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3604 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3605 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3606 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3607 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3609 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3610 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3611 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3612 let finish_command delete it.
3614 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3615 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3616 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3617 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3618 solib breakpoints.) */
3620 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3625 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3626 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3628 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
3630 delete_breakpoint (b);
3637 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3639 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3641 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid = make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid);
3642 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3644 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3645 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3647 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3648 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3649 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3651 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3654 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3655 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3656 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3657 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3658 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3659 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3660 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3664 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3670 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3671 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3672 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3673 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3674 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3677 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
3681 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3682 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3684 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3685 This should not ever happen. */
3686 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3688 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3689 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3691 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3692 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3693 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3695 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3696 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3697 || bl->section == NULL
3698 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3700 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3702 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3703 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3704 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3705 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3706 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3707 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3708 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3709 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3710 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3711 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3712 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3713 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3714 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3715 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3716 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3717 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3718 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3719 they should always be removed. */
3720 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3721 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3722 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3725 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3729 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3730 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3731 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3733 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3734 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3736 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3737 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3738 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3739 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3740 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3742 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3743 &bl->overlay_target_info,
3746 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3747 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3750 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3751 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3752 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3753 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3755 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3756 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3757 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3758 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3759 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3760 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3766 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3771 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3772 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3773 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3774 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3775 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3776 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3777 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3778 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3779 always-inserted mode. */
3781 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3782 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3783 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3784 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3790 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3792 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3794 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3795 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3797 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3798 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3800 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3801 if (reason == REMOVE_BREAKPOINT && bl->inserted)
3802 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3805 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3806 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3809 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3810 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3812 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3816 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3823 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
3825 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3826 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3828 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3829 This should not ever happen. */
3830 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3832 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
3834 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3836 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT);
3839 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3842 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3844 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3846 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3847 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3851 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3852 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3854 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3857 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3858 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3859 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3864 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3866 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3867 struct bp_location *bl;
3869 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3871 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3873 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3876 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3878 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3880 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3886 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3888 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3889 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3892 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3894 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3896 case bp_shlib_event:
3898 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3899 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3900 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3901 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3902 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3904 (gdb) file prog-linux
3905 (gdb) run # native linux target
3908 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3909 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3912 case bp_step_resume:
3914 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3916 case bp_single_step:
3918 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3920 delete_breakpoint (b);
3924 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3925 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3926 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3928 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3930 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3931 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3932 delete_breakpoint (b);
3935 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3936 valid. New ones will be created in
3937 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3938 The next update_global_location_list call will
3939 garbage collect them. */
3942 if (context == inf_starting)
3944 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3945 insert_breakpoints. */
3946 w->val.reset (nullptr);
3957 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3958 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3959 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3960 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3963 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3964 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3965 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3966 match, not program space. */
3968 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3969 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3970 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3971 permanent breakpoint.
3972 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3973 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3974 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3975 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3976 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3978 enum breakpoint_here
3979 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3981 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3982 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3984 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3986 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3987 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3990 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3991 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3993 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3995 if (overlay_debugging
3996 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3997 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3998 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3999 else if (bl->permanent)
4000 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4002 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4006 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : no_breakpoint_here;
4009 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4012 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space *aspace,
4013 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4015 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4017 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4019 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4020 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4023 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4025 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl, aspace,
4028 if (overlay_debugging
4029 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4030 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4032 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4043 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4046 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4048 struct bp_location *loc;
4051 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4052 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4058 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4062 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location *bl,
4063 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4066 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4069 if (overlay_debugging
4070 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4071 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4072 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4079 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4082 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4084 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4086 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4088 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4090 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4091 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4094 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4100 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4104 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
4107 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4111 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4113 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4116 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4123 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4126 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
4129 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4131 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4133 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4135 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4138 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4146 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space *aspace,
4147 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4149 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4151 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4153 struct bp_location *loc;
4155 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4156 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4159 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4162 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4163 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4167 /* Check for intersection. */
4168 l = std::max<CORE_ADDR> (loc->address, addr);
4169 h = std::min<CORE_ADDR> (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4178 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4182 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4184 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4187 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4190 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4192 if (bp_location_at != NULL)
4193 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at);
4196 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4197 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4200 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4217 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats &other)
4219 bp_location_at (other.bp_location_at),
4220 breakpoint_at (other.breakpoint_at),
4221 commands (other.commands),
4222 print (other.print),
4224 print_it (other.print_it)
4226 if (other.old_val != NULL)
4227 old_val = release_value (value_copy (other.old_val.get ()));
4228 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at);
4231 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4232 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4235 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4239 bpstat retval = NULL;
4244 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4246 tmp = new bpstats (*bs);
4249 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4259 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4262 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4267 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4269 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4275 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4278 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4280 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4282 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4284 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4286 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4291 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4300 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4301 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4302 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4303 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4305 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4306 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4308 Return 1 otherwise. */
4311 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4313 struct breakpoint *b;
4316 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4318 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4319 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4320 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4321 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4322 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4324 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4326 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4330 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4333 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4335 struct thread_info *tp;
4338 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4341 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4345 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4347 bs->commands = NULL;
4348 bs->old_val.reset (nullptr);
4352 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4355 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4357 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4359 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4361 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4362 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4363 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4364 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4365 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4369 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4372 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4373 or its equivalent. */
4376 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4378 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0);
4381 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4382 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4383 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4384 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4386 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4387 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4388 bpstat of the current thread. */
4391 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4396 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4398 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4401 scoped_restore save_executing
4402 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands, 1);
4404 scoped_restore preventer = prevent_dont_repeat ();
4406 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4409 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4410 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4412 struct command_line *cmd = NULL;
4414 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4416 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4417 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4418 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4419 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4420 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4421 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4422 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4423 the tree when we're done. */
4424 counted_command_line ccmd = bs->commands;
4425 bs->commands = NULL;
4428 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4430 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4436 execute_control_command (cmd);
4438 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4444 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4446 if (current_ui->async)
4447 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4448 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4449 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4452 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4453 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4454 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4455 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4456 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4457 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4458 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4459 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4460 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4461 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4462 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4463 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4464 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4473 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4475 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4477 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4478 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4479 && target_has_execution
4480 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4481 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4482 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4483 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4484 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4485 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4486 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4489 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4492 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4495 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4498 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4501 struct value_print_options opts;
4502 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4503 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4507 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4508 debugging multiple threads. */
4511 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out *uiout)
4513 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4518 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4521 struct thread_info *thr = inferior_thread ();
4523 uiout->text ("Thread ");
4524 uiout->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr));
4526 name = thr->name != NULL ? thr->name : target_thread_name (thr);
4529 uiout->text (" \"");
4530 uiout->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name);
4534 uiout->text (" hit ");
4538 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4539 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4540 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4541 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4544 static enum print_stop_action
4545 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4547 switch (bs->print_it)
4550 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4551 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4555 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4556 relevant messages. */
4557 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4560 case print_it_normal:
4562 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4564 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4565 which has since been deleted. */
4567 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4569 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4570 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4575 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4576 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4581 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4584 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4586 bool any_deleted = !current_program_space->deleted_solibs.empty ();
4588 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4592 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4593 current_uiout->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4595 current_uiout->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4596 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4599 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4600 current_uiout->field_string ("reason",
4601 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4605 current_uiout->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4606 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (current_uiout, "removed");
4607 for (int ix = 0; ix < current_program_space->deleted_solibs.size (); ix++)
4609 const std::string &name = current_program_space->deleted_solibs[ix];
4612 current_uiout->text (" ");
4613 current_uiout->field_string ("library", name);
4614 current_uiout->text ("\n");
4620 struct so_list *iter;
4623 current_uiout->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4624 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (current_uiout, "added");
4626 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4631 current_uiout->text (" ");
4632 current_uiout->field_string ("library", iter->so_name);
4633 current_uiout->text ("\n");
4638 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4639 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4640 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4641 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4642 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4643 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4644 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4647 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4648 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4649 code to print the location. An example is
4650 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4652 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4653 to also print the location part of the message.
4654 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4655 don't require a location appended to the end.
4656 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4657 further info to be printed. */
4659 enum print_stop_action
4660 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4662 enum print_stop_action val;
4664 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4665 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4666 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4667 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4668 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4670 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4671 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4672 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4673 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4677 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4678 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4679 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4680 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4682 print_solib_event (0);
4683 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4686 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4687 with and nothing was printed. */
4688 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4691 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4694 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression *exp)
4696 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4697 bool res = value_true (evaluate_expression (exp));
4699 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4703 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4705 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4707 bp_location_at (bl),
4708 breakpoint_at (bl->owner),
4712 print_it (print_it_normal)
4714 incref_bp_location (bl);
4715 **bs_link_pointer = this;
4716 *bs_link_pointer = &next;
4721 bp_location_at (NULL),
4722 breakpoint_at (NULL),
4726 print_it (print_it_normal)
4730 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4731 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4734 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4736 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4738 struct breakpoint *b;
4740 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4742 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4743 as not triggered. */
4745 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4747 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4749 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4755 if (!target_stopped_data_address (target_stack, &addr))
4757 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4758 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4760 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4762 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4764 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4770 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4771 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4775 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4777 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4778 struct bp_location *loc;
4780 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4781 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4783 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4785 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4786 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4788 if (newaddr == start)
4790 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4794 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4795 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (target_stack,
4799 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4808 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4809 enum wp_check_result
4811 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4814 /* The value has changed. */
4815 WP_VALUE_CHANGED = 2,
4817 /* The value has not changed. */
4818 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED = 3,
4820 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4824 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4825 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4827 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4830 static wp_check_result
4831 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs)
4833 struct watchpoint *b;
4834 struct frame_info *fr;
4835 int within_current_scope;
4837 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4838 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4839 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4841 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4842 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4843 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4844 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4847 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4848 within_current_scope = 1;
4851 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4852 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4853 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4855 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4856 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4857 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4858 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4859 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4860 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4861 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4862 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4863 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4864 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4867 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4868 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4870 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4871 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4872 if (within_current_scope)
4874 struct symbol *function;
4876 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4877 if (function == NULL
4878 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4879 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4880 within_current_scope = 0;
4883 if (within_current_scope)
4884 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4885 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4890 if (within_current_scope)
4892 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4893 time before we return to the command level and call
4894 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4895 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4899 struct value *new_val;
4901 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4902 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4903 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4904 a mask watchpoint. */
4905 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4907 mark = value_mark ();
4908 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp.get (), &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
4910 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
4911 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
4913 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4914 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4915 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4916 not what we want. */
4917 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4918 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val.get (),
4921 bs->old_val = b->val;
4922 b->val = release_value (new_val);
4924 if (new_val != NULL)
4925 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4926 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4930 /* Nothing changed. */
4931 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4932 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4937 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4938 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4939 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4940 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4941 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4942 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4943 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4944 the first value assigned). */
4945 /* We print all the stop information in
4946 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4947 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4948 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4951 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4953 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4955 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4957 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4958 uiout->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
4959 uiout->field_int ("wpnum", b->number);
4960 uiout->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
4961 "which its expression is valid.\n");
4964 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4966 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4972 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4973 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4974 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4977 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4978 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4979 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4981 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4983 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4984 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4986 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4989 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4990 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4993 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4995 const struct bp_location *bl;
4996 struct watchpoint *b;
4998 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4999 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5000 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5001 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5002 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5005 int must_check_value = 0;
5007 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
5008 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5010 must_check_value = 1;
5011 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5012 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5013 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5015 must_check_value = 1;
5016 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5017 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5018 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5019 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5020 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5021 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5022 must_check_value = 1;
5024 if (must_check_value)
5030 e = watchpoint_check (bs);
5032 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
5034 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
5035 "Error evaluating expression "
5036 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5039 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5041 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5044 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5052 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5053 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5057 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5060 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5061 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5063 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5065 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5066 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5067 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5068 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5069 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5070 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5071 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5074 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5075 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5078 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5079 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5080 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5081 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5083 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5084 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5085 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5088 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5089 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5090 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5091 changes. This still gives false positives when
5092 the program writes the same value to memory as
5093 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5094 it for a read), but it's much better than
5097 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5099 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5101 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5103 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5104 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5105 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5107 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5108 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5110 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5111 == watch_triggered_yes)
5113 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5119 if (other_write_watchpoint
5120 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5122 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5123 and the value changed since the last time we
5124 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5126 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5131 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5132 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5133 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
5135 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5136 the value hasn't changed. */
5137 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5147 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5149 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5150 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5151 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5152 anything for this watchpoint. */
5153 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5159 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5160 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5161 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5162 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5165 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5167 const struct bp_location *bl;
5168 struct breakpoint *b;
5170 bool condition_result = true;
5171 struct expression *cond;
5173 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5175 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5176 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5177 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5178 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5179 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5181 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5182 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5183 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5185 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5186 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5192 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5193 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5195 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid))
5196 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5203 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5205 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5207 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5209 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5211 cond = w->cond_exp.get ();
5214 cond = bl->cond.get ();
5216 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5218 int within_current_scope = 1;
5219 struct watchpoint * w;
5221 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5222 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5223 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5224 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5226 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5228 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5229 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5233 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5234 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5235 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5236 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5237 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5239 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5240 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5243 struct frame_info *frame;
5245 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5246 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5247 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5248 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5249 really matter which instantiation of the function
5250 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5251 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5252 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5253 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5254 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5255 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5256 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5257 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5259 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5261 select_frame (frame);
5263 within_current_scope = 0;
5265 if (within_current_scope)
5269 condition_result = breakpoint_cond_eval (cond);
5271 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
5273 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
5274 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5280 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5281 "in the current scope"));
5282 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5283 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5285 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5286 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5289 if (cond && !condition_result)
5293 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5297 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5299 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
5303 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5304 on the current target. */
5307 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location *loc)
5309 return ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5310 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5311 || (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5312 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5316 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5317 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5319 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5320 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5323 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5325 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5327 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5328 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5329 several reasons concurrently.)
5331 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5332 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5335 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space *aspace,
5336 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5337 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5339 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5340 struct bp_location *bl;
5341 struct bp_location *loc;
5342 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5343 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5344 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5347 int need_remove_insert;
5350 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5351 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5352 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5353 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5354 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5355 inferior function calls. */
5359 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
5362 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5364 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5365 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5366 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5367 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5368 checked all locations already. */
5369 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5372 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5375 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5378 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5381 bs = new bpstats (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5384 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5385 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5386 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5390 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5391 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5392 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5394 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5396 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5398 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5403 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5404 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5405 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5407 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5409 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr)
5410 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc))
5412 bs = new bpstats (loc, &bs_link);
5413 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5416 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5421 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5422 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5423 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5425 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5427 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5429 handle_solib_event ();
5434 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5435 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5436 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5440 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5445 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5446 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5449 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5454 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
5456 /* We will stop here. */
5457 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5459 --(b->enable_count);
5460 if (b->enable_count <= 0)
5461 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5466 bs->commands = b->commands;
5467 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5468 ? bs->commands.get () : NULL))
5471 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5476 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5478 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5479 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5482 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5483 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5484 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5486 need_remove_insert = 0;
5487 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5488 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5490 && bs->breakpoint_at
5491 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5493 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5495 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5496 need_remove_insert = 1;
5499 if (need_remove_insert)
5500 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5501 else if (removed_any)
5502 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5508 handle_jit_event (void)
5510 struct frame_info *frame;
5511 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5514 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5516 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5517 breakpoint_re_set. */
5518 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5520 frame = get_current_frame ();
5521 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5523 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5525 target_terminal::inferior ();
5528 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5530 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5533 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5535 struct bpstat_what retval;
5538 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5539 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5540 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5542 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5544 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5545 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5546 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5549 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5551 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5552 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5556 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5563 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5564 case bp_single_step:
5567 case bp_shlib_event:
5571 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5573 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5576 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5579 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5580 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5581 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5585 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5587 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5591 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5592 This requires no further action. */
5596 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5600 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5601 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5604 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5606 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5607 case bp_exception_resume:
5610 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5611 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5614 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5616 case bp_step_resume:
5618 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5621 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5622 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5625 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5627 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5630 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5631 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5634 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5635 case bp_thread_event:
5636 case bp_overlay_event:
5637 case bp_longjmp_master:
5638 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5639 case bp_exception_master:
5640 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5646 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5648 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5652 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5653 This requires no further action. */
5657 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5660 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5661 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5662 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5663 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5665 case bp_std_terminate:
5666 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5667 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5668 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5669 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5672 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5673 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5674 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5675 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5677 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5678 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5680 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5681 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5682 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5684 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5685 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5686 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5687 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5692 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5694 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5698 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5699 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5702 retval.main_action = std::max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5709 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head)
5713 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5715 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5722 handle_jit_event ();
5724 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5725 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5727 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5728 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5734 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5735 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5736 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5739 bpstat_should_step (void)
5741 struct breakpoint *b;
5744 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5750 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5752 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5761 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5762 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5763 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5766 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5768 static char wrap_indent[80];
5769 int i, total_width, width, align;
5773 for (i = 1; uiout->query_table_field (i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5775 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5777 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5778 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5779 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5784 total_width += width + 1;
5790 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5791 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5793 "host": Host evals condition.
5794 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5795 "target": Target evals condition.
5799 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5801 struct bp_location *bl;
5802 char host_evals = 0;
5803 char target_evals = 0;
5808 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5811 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5812 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5813 return condition_evaluation_host;
5815 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5817 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5823 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5824 return condition_evaluation_both;
5825 else if (target_evals)
5826 return condition_evaluation_target;
5828 return condition_evaluation_host;
5831 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5832 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5835 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5837 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5840 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5841 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5842 return condition_evaluation_host;
5844 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5845 return condition_evaluation_target;
5847 return condition_evaluation_host;
5850 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5853 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5854 struct bp_location *loc)
5856 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5858 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
5860 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5864 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5866 if (b->display_canonical)
5867 uiout->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
5868 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5870 const struct symbol *sym = loc->symbol;
5873 sym = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5877 uiout->text ("in ");
5878 uiout->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5880 uiout->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5881 uiout->text ("at ");
5883 uiout->field_string ("file",
5884 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5887 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
5888 uiout->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5890 uiout->field_int ("line", loc->line_number);
5896 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, &stb,
5898 uiout->field_stream ("at", stb);
5902 uiout->field_string ("pending",
5903 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
5904 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5905 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5906 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5907 if (!uiout->is_mi_like_p () && b->extra_string != NULL)
5909 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
5913 uiout->text (b->extra_string);
5917 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5918 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5919 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5922 uiout->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5923 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5929 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5931 struct ep_type_description
5934 const char *description;
5936 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5938 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5939 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5940 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5941 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
5942 {bp_until, "until"},
5943 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5944 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5945 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5946 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5947 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5948 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5949 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5950 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5951 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5952 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5953 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5954 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5955 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5956 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5957 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5958 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5959 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5960 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5961 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5962 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5963 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5964 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5965 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5966 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5967 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5968 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5969 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5970 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5971 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5974 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5975 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5976 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5977 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5980 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5983 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5984 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5987 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5988 const char *field_name,
5989 const std::vector<int> &inf_nums,
5992 int is_mi = uiout->is_mi_like_p ();
5994 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5995 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5996 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5999 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (uiout, field_name);
6001 for (size_t i = 0; i < inf_nums.size (); i++)
6007 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf_nums[i]);
6008 uiout->field_string (NULL, mi_group);
6013 uiout->text (" inf ");
6017 uiout->text (plongest (inf_nums[i]));
6022 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6025 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6026 struct bp_location *loc,
6028 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6031 struct command_line *l;
6032 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6034 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6035 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6036 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6037 struct value_print_options opts;
6039 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6041 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6042 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6043 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6046 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6047 header_of_multiple = 1;
6055 if (part_of_multiple)
6058 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6059 uiout->field_string ("number", formatted);
6064 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
6069 if (part_of_multiple)
6070 uiout->field_skip ("type");
6072 uiout->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b->type));
6076 if (part_of_multiple)
6077 uiout->field_skip ("disp");
6079 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6084 if (part_of_multiple)
6085 uiout->field_string ("enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6087 uiout->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6092 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6094 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6095 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6096 make sure there's just one location. */
6097 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6098 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6104 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6105 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6109 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6110 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6111 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6113 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6115 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6116 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6117 is relatively readable). */
6118 if (opts.addressprint)
6119 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
6121 uiout->field_string ("what", w->exp_string);
6126 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6127 case bp_single_step:
6131 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6132 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6134 case bp_exception_resume:
6135 case bp_step_resume:
6136 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6137 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6139 case bp_std_terminate:
6140 case bp_shlib_event:
6141 case bp_thread_event:
6142 case bp_overlay_event:
6143 case bp_longjmp_master:
6144 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6145 case bp_exception_master:
6147 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6148 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6151 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6152 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6153 if (opts.addressprint)
6156 if (header_of_multiple)
6157 uiout->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6158 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6159 uiout->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6161 uiout->field_core_addr ("addr",
6162 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6165 if (!header_of_multiple)
6166 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6173 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6175 struct inferior *inf;
6176 std::vector<int> inf_nums;
6181 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6182 inf_nums.push_back (inf->num);
6185 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6186 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6188 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6189 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6190 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6191 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6192 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6193 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6195 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_nums, mi_only);
6198 if (!part_of_multiple)
6200 if (b->thread != -1)
6202 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6203 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6204 uiout->text (" thread ");
6205 uiout->field_int ("thread", b->thread);
6207 else if (b->task != 0)
6209 uiout->text (" task ");
6210 uiout->field_int ("task", b->task);
6216 if (!part_of_multiple)
6217 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6219 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6222 uiout->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6223 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6225 uiout->field_core_addr ("frame",
6226 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6230 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6233 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6234 uiout->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6236 uiout->text ("\tstop only if ");
6237 uiout->field_string ("cond", b->cond_string);
6239 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6240 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6241 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6242 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6243 == condition_evaluation_target)
6246 uiout->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6247 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6248 uiout->text (" evals)");
6253 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6255 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6256 uiout->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6257 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6258 uiout->field_int ("thread", b->thread);
6261 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (b->thread);
6263 uiout->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr));
6268 if (!part_of_multiple)
6272 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6273 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6274 uiout->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6275 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6276 uiout->text ("\ttracepoint");
6278 uiout->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6279 uiout->text (" already hit ");
6280 uiout->field_int ("times", b->hit_count);
6281 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6282 uiout->text (" time\n");
6284 uiout->text (" times\n");
6288 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6289 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6290 uiout->field_int ("times", b->hit_count);
6294 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6297 uiout->text ("\tignore next ");
6298 uiout->field_int ("ignore", b->ignore_count);
6299 uiout->text (" hits\n");
6302 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6303 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6304 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6305 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6308 uiout->text ("\tdisable after ");
6309 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6310 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6311 if (b->ignore_count)
6312 uiout->text ("additional ");
6314 uiout->text ("next ");
6315 uiout->field_int ("enable", b->enable_count);
6316 uiout->text (" hits\n");
6319 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6321 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6323 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6325 uiout->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6326 uiout->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6327 uiout->text (" bytes\n");
6331 l = b->commands ? b->commands.get () : NULL;
6332 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6335 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, "script");
6336 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6339 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6341 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6343 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6345 annotate_field (10);
6346 uiout->text ("\tpass count ");
6347 uiout->field_int ("pass", t->pass_count);
6348 uiout->text (" \n");
6351 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6353 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6355 annotate_field (11);
6357 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6358 uiout->field_string ("installed",
6359 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6365 uiout->text ("\tnot ");
6366 uiout->text ("installed on target\n");
6371 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple)
6373 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6375 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6377 uiout->field_string ("original-location", w->exp_string);
6379 else if (b->location != NULL
6380 && event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()) != NULL)
6381 uiout->field_string ("original-location",
6382 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
6387 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6388 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6391 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6394 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, "bkpt");
6396 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6399 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6400 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6401 locations, if any. */
6402 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6404 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6405 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6406 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6409 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6410 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6412 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6413 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6415 struct bp_location *loc;
6418 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6420 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, NULL);
6421 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6428 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6430 int print_address_bits = 0;
6431 struct bp_location *loc;
6433 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6434 address to print. */
6435 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b))
6438 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6442 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6443 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6444 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6447 return print_address_bits;
6450 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6453 print_breakpoint (breakpoint *b)
6455 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6456 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6459 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6460 internal or momentary. */
6463 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6465 return b->number > 0;
6468 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6471 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6473 return b->loc == NULL;
6476 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6477 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6478 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6479 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6480 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6481 breakpoints listed. */
6484 breakpoint_1 (const char *args, int allflag,
6485 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6487 struct breakpoint *b;
6488 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6489 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6490 struct value_print_options opts;
6491 int print_address_bits = 0;
6492 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6493 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6495 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6497 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6498 required for address fields. */
6499 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6502 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6503 if (filter && !filter (b))
6506 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6507 accept. Skip the others. */
6508 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6510 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6512 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6516 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6518 int addr_bit, type_len;
6520 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6521 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6522 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6524 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6525 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6526 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6528 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6533 ui_out_emit_table table_emitter (uiout,
6534 opts.addressprint ? 6 : 5,
6535 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6538 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6539 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6540 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6542 uiout->table_header (7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6543 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6545 uiout->table_header (print_type_col_width, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6546 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6548 uiout->table_header (4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6549 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6551 uiout->table_header (3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6552 if (opts.addressprint)
6554 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6556 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6557 uiout->table_header (10, ui_left, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6559 uiout->table_header (18, ui_left, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6561 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6563 uiout->table_header (40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6564 uiout->table_body ();
6565 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6566 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6571 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6572 if (filter && !filter (b))
6575 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6576 accept. Skip the others. */
6578 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6580 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6582 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6585 else /* all others */
6587 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6591 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6593 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6594 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6598 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6600 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6604 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6605 uiout->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6607 uiout->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6613 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6614 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6617 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6618 there have been breakpoints? */
6619 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6621 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6624 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6625 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6628 default_collect_info (void)
6630 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6632 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6633 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6635 if (!*default_collect)
6638 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6640 uiout->text ("default collect ");
6641 uiout->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect);
6642 uiout->text (" \n");
6646 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
6648 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6650 default_collect_info ();
6654 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
6656 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6657 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6659 if (num_printed == 0)
6661 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6662 uiout->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6664 uiout->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6669 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args, int from_tty)
6671 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6673 default_collect_info ();
6677 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6678 struct program_space *pspace,
6679 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6681 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6683 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6685 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6686 && bl->address == pc
6687 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6693 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6694 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6698 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6699 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6700 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6703 struct breakpoint *b;
6706 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6707 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6711 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6712 else /* if (others == ???) */
6713 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6715 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6718 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6719 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6720 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6721 else if (b->thread != -1)
6722 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6723 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6724 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6725 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6729 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6731 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6732 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6733 printf_filtered (".\n");
6738 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6739 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6740 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6741 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6743 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6744 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6745 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6746 breakpoint location at address zero:
6754 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6756 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6758 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6761 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6762 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6765 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6766 struct bp_location *loc2)
6768 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6769 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6771 /* Both of them must exist. */
6772 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6773 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6775 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6776 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6777 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6778 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6779 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6780 other watchpoint. */
6782 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6784 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6785 w1->cond_exp.get ()))
6787 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6789 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6790 w2->cond_exp.get ())))
6793 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6794 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6795 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6796 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6797 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6798 become hw_access locations later. */
6799 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6800 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6801 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6802 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6805 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6808 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6809 const address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6811 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6812 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6816 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6817 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6818 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6819 space doesn't really matter. */
6822 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space *aspace1,
6824 int len1, const address_space *aspace2,
6827 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6828 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6829 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6832 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6833 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6834 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6835 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6838 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6839 const address_space *aspace,
6842 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6845 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6846 bl->address, bl->length,
6850 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6851 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6852 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6853 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6854 doesn't really matter. */
6857 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *bl,
6858 const address_space *aspace,
6859 CORE_ADDR addr, int len)
6861 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6862 || bl->pspace->aspace == aspace)
6864 int bl_len = bl->length != 0 ? bl->length : 1;
6866 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr, len, bl->address, bl_len))
6872 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6873 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6874 true, otherwise returns false. */
6877 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6878 struct bp_location *loc2)
6880 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6881 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6882 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6883 different locations. */
6884 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6889 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6890 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6891 represent the same location. */
6894 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6895 struct bp_location *loc2)
6897 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6899 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6900 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6901 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6903 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6904 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6906 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6909 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6910 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6911 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6913 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6914 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6915 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6916 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6920 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6921 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6923 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6924 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6928 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6929 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6931 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6932 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6934 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6937 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6938 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6939 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6940 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6943 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6944 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6946 if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6947 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6948 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6949 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6950 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6952 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6953 have their addresses modified. */
6956 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
6958 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6959 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6960 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6961 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6962 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6963 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6968 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr = bpaddr;
6970 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6972 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6973 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6974 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6977 adjusted_bpaddr = address_significant (gdbarch, adjusted_bpaddr);
6979 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6980 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6982 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6983 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6985 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6989 bp_location::bp_location (const bp_location_ops *ops, breakpoint *owner)
6991 bp_location *loc = this;
6993 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6997 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6998 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7001 switch (owner->type)
7004 case bp_single_step:
7008 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7009 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7011 case bp_exception_resume:
7012 case bp_step_resume:
7013 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7014 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7016 case bp_std_terminate:
7017 case bp_shlib_event:
7018 case bp_thread_event:
7019 case bp_overlay_event:
7021 case bp_longjmp_master:
7022 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7023 case bp_exception_master:
7024 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7025 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7027 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7028 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7030 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7031 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7032 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7034 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7035 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7036 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7037 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7042 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7043 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7044 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7047 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7053 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7055 static struct bp_location *
7056 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7058 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7062 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7064 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7068 /* Increment reference count. */
7071 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7076 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7077 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7080 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7082 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7084 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7085 free_bp_location (*blp);
7089 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7092 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> &&b)
7094 struct breakpoint *b1;
7095 struct breakpoint *result = b.get ();
7097 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7098 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7100 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7102 breakpoint_chain = b.release ();
7107 b1->next = b.release ();
7113 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7116 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7117 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7119 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7121 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7125 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7126 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7127 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7128 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7131 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7132 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7134 static struct breakpoint *
7135 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7137 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7139 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype);
7141 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7142 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
7145 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7146 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7150 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7152 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7154 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7155 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7156 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7158 const char *function_name;
7160 if (loc->msymbol != NULL
7161 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc->msymbol) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7162 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc->msymbol) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc)
7165 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7167 function_name = MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (loc->msymbol);
7169 if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7170 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7172 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7173 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7174 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7175 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7177 loc->related_address = loc->address;
7181 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &function_name, NULL, NULL);
7184 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7188 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7190 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7193 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7195 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab));
7200 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7201 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7202 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7204 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7205 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7206 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7209 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7210 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7211 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7213 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7215 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7217 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7218 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7220 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7221 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7223 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7224 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7227 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7228 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7229 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7230 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7231 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7232 is also returned as the value of this function.
7234 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7235 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7236 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7237 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7238 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7239 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7240 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7243 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7244 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7245 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7247 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype);
7249 init_raw_breakpoint (b.get (), gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7250 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
7253 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7254 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7255 initiated the operation. */
7258 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7260 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7261 int thread = tp->global_num;
7263 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7264 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7265 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7266 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7267 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7268 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7269 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7270 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7272 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7273 struct breakpoint *clone;
7275 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7276 after their removal. */
7277 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7278 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7279 clone->thread = thread;
7282 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7285 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7287 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7289 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7291 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7292 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7294 if (b->thread == thread)
7295 delete_breakpoint (b);
7300 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7302 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7304 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7305 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7307 if (b->thread == thread)
7308 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7312 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7313 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7314 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7318 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7320 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7323 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7325 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7327 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7328 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7330 new_b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7332 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7334 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7337 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7338 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7339 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7340 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7346 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7347 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7350 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7351 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7355 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7357 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7359 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7360 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->global_num)
7362 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7364 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7365 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7366 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7367 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7370 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7372 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7374 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7375 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7376 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7378 delete_breakpoint (b);
7383 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7385 struct breakpoint *b;
7388 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7390 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7391 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7392 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7397 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7399 struct breakpoint *b;
7402 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7404 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7405 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7406 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7410 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7411 master breakpoint. */
7413 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7415 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7417 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7418 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7419 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7421 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7422 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7426 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7428 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7430 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7432 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7433 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7434 delete_breakpoint (b);
7438 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7440 struct breakpoint *b;
7442 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7443 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7445 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7446 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7447 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
7449 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7454 struct lang_and_radix
7460 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7463 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7465 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7466 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7469 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7472 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7474 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7476 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7477 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7478 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7479 delete_breakpoint (b);
7483 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7485 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7487 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7488 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7489 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7490 delete_breakpoint (b);
7493 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7496 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7498 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7500 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7501 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7502 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7503 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7506 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7507 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7508 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7510 static struct breakpoint *
7511 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7512 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7514 struct breakpoint *b;
7516 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7517 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7518 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7523 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7525 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7528 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7531 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7533 struct breakpoint *b;
7535 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7537 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7538 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7540 delete_breakpoint (b);
7546 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7547 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7550 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7552 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7554 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7556 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7557 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7559 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7560 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7561 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7562 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7563 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7564 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7565 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7566 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7567 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7568 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7569 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7570 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7573 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7578 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7579 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7580 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7583 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7585 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7586 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7588 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7590 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7591 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7593 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7594 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7595 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7596 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7597 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7598 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7599 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7600 || is_tracepoint (b))
7601 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7603 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7604 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7605 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7606 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7609 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7610 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
7612 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7614 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7615 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7616 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7619 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7624 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7625 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7626 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7629 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7631 struct breakpoint *b;
7633 if (objfile == NULL)
7636 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7637 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7638 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7639 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7640 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7641 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7642 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7643 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7644 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7645 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7647 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7648 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7653 struct bp_location *loc;
7654 int bp_modified = 0;
7656 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7659 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7661 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7663 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7664 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7667 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7670 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7673 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7674 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7677 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7679 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7680 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7681 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7682 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7683 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7686 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7693 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
7697 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7699 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7700 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7701 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7703 struct fork_catchpoint : public breakpoint
7705 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7706 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7707 catchpoint has triggered. */
7708 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7711 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7715 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7717 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7720 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7724 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7726 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7729 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7733 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7734 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7735 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7737 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7739 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7742 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7746 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7749 static enum print_stop_action
7750 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7752 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7753 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7754 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7756 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7757 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
7758 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7759 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7761 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
7762 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7764 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7765 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7767 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
7768 uiout->text (" (forked process ");
7769 uiout->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7770 uiout->text ("), ");
7771 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7774 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7778 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7780 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7781 struct value_print_options opts;
7782 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7784 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7786 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7787 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7789 if (opts.addressprint)
7790 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
7792 uiout->text ("fork");
7793 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7795 uiout->text (", process ");
7796 uiout->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7800 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7801 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7804 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7808 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7810 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7813 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7817 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7819 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7820 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7823 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7825 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7827 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7831 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7833 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7836 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7840 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7842 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7845 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7849 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7850 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7851 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7853 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7855 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7858 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7862 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7865 static enum print_stop_action
7866 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7868 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7869 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7870 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7872 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7873 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
7874 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7875 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7877 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
7878 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7880 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7881 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7883 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
7884 uiout->text (" (vforked process ");
7885 uiout->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7886 uiout->text ("), ");
7887 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7890 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7894 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7896 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7897 struct value_print_options opts;
7898 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7900 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7901 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7902 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7904 if (opts.addressprint)
7905 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
7907 uiout->text ("vfork");
7908 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7910 uiout->text (", process ");
7911 uiout->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7915 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7916 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7919 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7923 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7925 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7928 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7932 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7934 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7935 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7938 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7940 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7942 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7943 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7944 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7946 struct solib_catchpoint : public breakpoint
7948 ~solib_catchpoint () override;
7950 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7951 unsigned char is_load;
7953 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7954 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7956 std::unique_ptr<compiled_regex> compiled;
7959 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7961 xfree (this->regex);
7965 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7971 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7977 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7978 const address_space *aspace,
7980 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7982 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7983 struct breakpoint *other;
7985 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7988 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7990 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7992 if (other == bl->owner)
7995 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7998 if (self->pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->pspace)
8001 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8003 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8012 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8014 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8015 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8019 struct so_list *iter;
8022 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8027 || self->compiled->exec (iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8033 for (const std::string &iter : current_program_space->deleted_solibs)
8036 || self->compiled->exec (iter.c_str (), 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8042 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8045 static enum print_stop_action
8046 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8048 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8049 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8051 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8052 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8053 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8054 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8056 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
8057 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
8059 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8060 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8061 print_solib_event (1);
8062 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8066 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8068 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8069 struct value_print_options opts;
8070 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8073 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8074 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8075 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8077 if (opts.addressprint)
8080 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8087 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8089 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8094 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8096 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8098 uiout->field_string ("what", msg);
8101 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8102 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8106 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8108 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8110 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8111 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8115 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8117 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8119 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8120 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8121 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8123 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8124 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8127 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8129 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8130 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8131 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8132 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8133 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8134 created in an enabled state. */
8137 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8139 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8143 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8145 std::unique_ptr<solib_catchpoint> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8149 c->compiled.reset (new compiled_regex (arg, REG_NOSUB,
8150 _("Invalid regexp")));
8151 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8154 c->is_load = is_load;
8155 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8156 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8158 c->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8160 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
8163 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8167 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8168 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8171 const int enabled = 1;
8173 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8175 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8179 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
8180 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8182 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8186 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
8187 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8189 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8192 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8193 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8194 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8195 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8198 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8199 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8200 const char *cond_string,
8201 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8203 symtab_and_line sal;
8204 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8206 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8208 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8209 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8213 install_breakpoint (int internal, std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> &&arg, int update_gll)
8215 breakpoint *b = add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg));
8216 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8217 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8218 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8221 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created.notify (b);
8224 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8228 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8229 int tempflag, const char *cond_string,
8230 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8232 std::unique_ptr<fork_catchpoint> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8234 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8236 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8238 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
8241 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8243 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8244 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8245 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8247 struct exec_catchpoint : public breakpoint
8249 ~exec_catchpoint () override;
8251 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8252 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8254 char *exec_pathname;
8257 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8259 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8261 xfree (this->exec_pathname);
8265 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8267 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8271 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
8273 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8277 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8278 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8279 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8281 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8283 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8286 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8290 static enum print_stop_action
8291 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8293 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8294 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8295 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8297 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8298 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8299 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8300 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8302 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
8303 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8305 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8306 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8308 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
8309 uiout->text (" (exec'd ");
8310 uiout->field_string ("new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8311 uiout->text ("), ");
8313 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8317 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8319 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8320 struct value_print_options opts;
8321 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8323 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8325 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8326 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8327 is relatively readable). */
8328 if (opts.addressprint)
8329 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8331 uiout->text ("exec");
8332 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8334 uiout->text (", program \"");
8335 uiout->field_string ("what", c->exec_pathname);
8336 uiout->text ("\" ");
8339 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8340 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8344 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8346 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8349 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8353 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8355 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8356 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8359 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8362 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8365 struct breakpoint *b;
8366 struct bp_location *bl;
8370 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8371 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8373 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8375 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8382 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8386 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8389 struct bp_location *bl;
8391 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8394 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8396 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8398 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8404 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8405 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8406 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8407 types _not_ TYPE. */
8410 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8411 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8414 struct breakpoint *b;
8416 *other_type_used = 0;
8421 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8424 if (b->type == type)
8425 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8426 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8427 *other_type_used = 1;
8434 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8436 struct breakpoint *b;
8440 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8442 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8443 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8449 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8451 struct breakpoint *b;
8455 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8457 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8458 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8464 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8466 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8467 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8471 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8473 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8474 breakpoint_re_set ();
8477 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8480 static struct breakpoint *
8481 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
8483 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b (new breakpoint ());
8485 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, bp_single_step,
8486 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8488 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8489 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
8492 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
8494 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
8497 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8498 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8502 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8503 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8505 struct breakpoint *b;
8507 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8509 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8511 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8512 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8513 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8514 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8516 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8517 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8519 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8520 b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8522 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8524 return breakpoint_up (b);
8527 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8528 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8529 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8531 static struct breakpoint *
8532 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8534 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8537 struct breakpoint *copy;
8539 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8540 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8541 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8543 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8544 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8545 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8546 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8547 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8548 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8549 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8550 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8551 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
8552 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8553 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8554 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8556 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8557 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8558 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8560 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8564 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8568 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8570 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8574 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
8578 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8581 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8583 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8585 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8586 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8588 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8592 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8595 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8597 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8598 current_uiout->text ("\n");
8602 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc);
8604 static struct bp_location *
8605 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8606 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8608 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8609 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8610 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8612 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8613 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8615 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8616 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8617 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8618 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8619 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8620 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8621 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8624 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8625 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8626 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8627 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8632 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8633 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8634 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8635 loc->probe.prob = sal->prob;
8636 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
8637 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8638 loc->section = sal->section;
8639 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8640 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8641 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8642 loc->symbol = sal->symbol;
8643 loc->msymbol = sal->msymbol;
8644 loc->objfile = sal->objfile;
8646 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8647 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8649 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8650 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8651 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8652 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8653 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8654 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8655 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8656 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8657 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8658 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8659 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8660 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8662 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
8669 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8672 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
8676 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8677 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8680 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8682 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8686 target_mem = (gdb_byte *) alloca (len);
8688 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8689 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8690 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8691 scoped_restore restore_memory
8692 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8694 if (target_read_memory (address, target_mem, len) == 0
8695 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8701 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8702 return 0 otherwise. */
8705 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8707 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8709 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
8710 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
8711 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8713 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
8716 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
8717 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8718 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
8721 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8722 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8725 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8727 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8728 char *printf_line = NULL;
8733 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8735 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8737 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8739 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8741 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8742 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8744 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8745 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8746 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8748 if (!dprintf_function)
8749 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8751 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8752 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8757 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8761 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8763 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8764 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8767 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8768 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8772 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8773 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8775 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8776 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8778 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line = XNEW (struct command_line);
8780 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8781 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8782 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8783 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8784 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8786 breakpoint_set_commands (b, command_line_up (printf_cmd_line));
8790 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8791 current style settings. */
8794 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args, int from_tty,
8795 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8797 struct breakpoint *b;
8801 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8802 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8806 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8807 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8808 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8809 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8812 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8813 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
8814 event_location_up &&location,
8815 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter,
8816 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8817 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8818 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8819 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8820 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8821 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8822 int display_canonical)
8826 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8828 int target_resources_ok;
8830 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8831 target_resources_ok =
8832 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8834 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8835 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8836 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8837 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8840 gdb_assert (!sals.empty ());
8842 for (const auto &sal : sals)
8844 struct bp_location *loc;
8848 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8850 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8852 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8853 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8856 if (&sal == &sals[0])
8858 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8862 b->cond_string = cond_string.release ();
8863 b->extra_string = extra_string.release ();
8864 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8865 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8866 b->disposition = disposition;
8868 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8869 b->loc->inserted = 1;
8871 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8873 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8874 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8876 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8878 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8879 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8881 = &event_location_to_string (b->location.get ())[3];
8884 p = skip_spaces (p);
8886 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8888 t->static_trace_marker_id.assign (p, endp - p);
8890 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8892 t->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
8894 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
8896 t->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (marker.str_id);
8898 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8900 t->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
8903 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8904 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8911 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
8912 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8918 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
8920 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
8921 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
8923 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
8926 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8927 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8928 if (type == bp_dprintf)
8930 if (b->extra_string)
8931 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8933 error (_("Format string required"));
8935 else if (b->extra_string)
8936 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
8939 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
8940 if (location != NULL)
8941 b->location = std::move (location);
8943 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
8944 b->filter = filter.release ();
8948 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8949 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
8950 event_location_up &&location,
8951 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter,
8952 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8953 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8954 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8955 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8956 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8957 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8958 int display_canonical)
8960 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (type);
8962 init_breakpoint_sal (b.get (), gdbarch,
8963 sals, std::move (location),
8965 std::move (cond_string),
8966 std::move (extra_string),
8968 thread, task, ignore_count,
8970 enabled, internal, flags,
8973 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (b), 0);
8976 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8977 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8978 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8979 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8980 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8981 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8982 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8983 we take just a single condition string.
8985 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8986 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8987 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8988 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8989 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8992 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8993 struct linespec_result *canonical,
8994 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8995 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8996 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8997 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8998 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8999 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9001 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9002 gdb_assert (canonical->lsals.size () == 1);
9004 for (const auto &lsal : canonical->lsals)
9006 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9007 'break', without arguments. */
9008 event_location_up location
9009 = (canonical->location != NULL
9010 ? copy_event_location (canonical->location.get ()) : NULL);
9011 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter_string
9012 (lsal.canonical != NULL ? xstrdup (lsal.canonical) : NULL);
9014 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal.sals,
9015 std::move (location),
9016 std::move (filter_string),
9017 std::move (cond_string),
9018 std::move (extra_string),
9020 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9021 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9022 canonical->special_display);
9026 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9027 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9028 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9029 linespec locations).
9031 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9032 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9035 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location *location,
9036 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9038 struct symtab_and_line cursal;
9040 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9042 const char *spec = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
9046 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9047 breakpoint address. */
9048 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9050 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9051 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9052 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9053 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9054 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9055 symtab_and_line sal = get_last_displayed_sal ();
9056 CORE_ADDR pc = sal.pc;
9058 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9060 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9061 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9062 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9063 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9064 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9066 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9068 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9070 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9072 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
9076 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9080 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9081 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9082 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9083 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9085 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9086 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9087 cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9088 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9090 const char *spec = NULL;
9092 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9093 spec = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
9097 && strchr ("+-", spec[0]) != NULL
9100 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9101 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9102 get_last_displayed_line (),
9103 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9108 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9109 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9113 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9114 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9117 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector<symtab_and_line> &sals)
9119 for (auto &sal : sals)
9120 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9123 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9124 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9125 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9126 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9127 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9131 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9132 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals)
9134 for (const auto &sal : sals)
9136 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9138 sarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9139 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9140 associated with SAL. */
9144 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal.pc, &msg))
9145 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9146 paddress (sarch, sal.pc), msg.c_str ());
9150 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9151 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9152 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9153 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9154 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9155 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9158 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9159 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9162 *cond_string = NULL;
9169 const char *end_tok;
9171 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9172 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9174 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9176 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9178 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9182 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9184 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9186 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9188 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9189 parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9191 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9193 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9196 struct thread_info *thr;
9199 thr = parse_thread_id (tok, &tmptok);
9201 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9202 *thread = thr->global_num;
9205 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9210 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9212 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9213 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9214 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9219 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9223 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9227 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9229 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
9230 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p)
9232 const char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9235 p = skip_spaces (p);
9237 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9239 std::string marker_str (p, endp - p);
9241 std::vector<static_tracepoint_marker> markers
9242 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str.c_str ());
9243 if (markers.empty ())
9244 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9245 marker_str.c_str ());
9247 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals;
9248 sals.reserve (markers.size ());
9250 for (const static_tracepoint_marker &marker : markers)
9252 symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (marker.address, 0);
9253 sal.pc = marker.address;
9254 sals.push_back (sal);
9261 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9264 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9265 const struct event_location *location,
9266 const char *cond_string,
9267 int thread, const char *extra_string,
9269 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9271 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9272 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9273 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9276 struct linespec_result canonical;
9277 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9280 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9282 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9284 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9285 if (extra_string != NULL && *extra_string == '\0')
9286 extra_string = NULL;
9290 ops->create_sals_from_location (location, &canonical, type_wanted);
9292 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
9294 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9296 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
9298 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9301 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9302 throw_exception (e);
9304 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9306 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9307 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9308 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9309 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9310 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9313 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9314 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9315 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9316 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9320 throw_exception (e);
9324 if (!pending && canonical.lsals.empty ())
9327 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9328 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9329 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9330 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9331 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9333 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9334 are ok for the target. */
9337 for (auto &lsal : canonical.lsals)
9338 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal.sals);
9341 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9342 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9344 for (const auto &lsal : canonical.lsals)
9345 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, lsal.sals);
9348 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9349 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9353 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string_copy;
9354 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string_copy;
9361 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical.lsals[0];
9363 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9364 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9365 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9366 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9368 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string, lsal.sals[0].pc,
9369 &cond, &thread, &task, &rest);
9370 cond_string_copy.reset (cond);
9371 extra_string_copy.reset (rest);
9375 if (type_wanted != bp_dprintf
9376 && extra_string != NULL && *extra_string != '\0')
9377 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string);
9379 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9381 cond_string_copy.reset (xstrdup (cond_string));
9382 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9384 extra_string_copy.reset (xstrdup (extra_string));
9387 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9388 std::move (cond_string_copy),
9389 std::move (extra_string_copy),
9391 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9392 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9393 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9397 std::unique_ptr <breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted);
9399 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9400 b->location = copy_event_location (location);
9403 b->cond_string = NULL;
9406 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9407 b->cond_string = cond_string != NULL ? xstrdup (cond_string) : NULL;
9411 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9412 b->extra_string = extra_string != NULL ? xstrdup (extra_string) : NULL;
9413 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9414 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9415 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9416 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9417 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9418 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9419 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9421 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (b), 0);
9424 if (canonical.lsals.size () > 1)
9426 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9427 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9428 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9431 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9433 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9435 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9436 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9441 /* Set a breakpoint.
9442 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9443 condition, and thread.
9444 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9445 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9449 break_command_1 (const char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9451 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9452 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9453 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9455 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9457 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9459 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9460 if (location != NULL
9461 && event_location_type (location.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION)
9462 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9464 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9466 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9468 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9469 tempflag, type_wanted,
9470 0 /* Ignore count */,
9471 pending_break_support,
9479 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9482 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9486 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9488 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9489 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9490 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9493 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9494 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9495 if (sal->explicit_line)
9496 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9499 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9501 const struct blockvector *bv;
9502 const struct block *b;
9505 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b,
9506 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal->symtab));
9509 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9512 fixup_symbol_section (sym, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab));
9513 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab),
9518 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9519 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9520 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9521 happen in assembly source). */
9523 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
9524 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9526 bound_minimal_symbol msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9528 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9535 break_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9537 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9541 tbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9543 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9547 hbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9549 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9553 thbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9555 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9559 stop_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9561 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9562 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9563 stop at <line>\n"));
9567 stopin_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9571 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9573 else if (*arg != '*')
9575 const char *argptr = arg;
9578 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9579 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9580 function/method name. */
9581 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9583 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9588 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9590 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9594 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9596 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9600 stopat_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9604 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9608 const char *argptr = arg;
9611 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9612 it is probably a line number. */
9613 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9615 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9620 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9622 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9626 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9628 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9631 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9632 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9633 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9637 dprintf_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9639 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9641 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9642 the next character must be ','. */
9645 if (arg[0] != ',' || arg[1] == '\0')
9646 error (_("Format string required"));
9649 /* Skip the comma. */
9654 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9656 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9658 0 /* Ignore count */,
9659 pending_break_support,
9660 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9668 agent_printf_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9670 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9673 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9674 ranged breakpoints. */
9677 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9678 const address_space *aspace,
9680 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9682 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9683 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9686 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9687 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9690 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9691 ranged breakpoints. */
9694 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9696 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9699 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9700 ranged breakpoints. */
9702 static enum print_stop_action
9703 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9705 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9706 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9707 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9709 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9711 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9712 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9714 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9716 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
9718 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9719 uiout->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9721 uiout->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9722 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
9724 uiout->field_string ("reason",
9725 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9726 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9728 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
9731 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9734 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9735 ranged breakpoints. */
9738 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9739 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9741 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9742 struct value_print_options opts;
9743 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9745 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9746 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9748 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9750 if (opts.addressprint)
9751 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9752 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9753 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
9755 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9759 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9760 ranged breakpoints. */
9763 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9764 struct ui_out *uiout)
9766 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9767 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9772 address_start = bl->address;
9773 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9775 uiout->text ("\taddress range: ");
9776 stb.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9777 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9778 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9779 uiout->field_stream ("addr", stb);
9783 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9784 ranged breakpoints. */
9787 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9789 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9790 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9793 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9795 uiout->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9796 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
9797 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
9800 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9801 ranged breakpoints. */
9804 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9806 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s",
9807 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
9808 event_location_to_string (b->location_range_end.get ()));
9809 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9812 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9814 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
9816 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9817 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9818 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9819 last instruction of the given line. */
9822 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
9826 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9827 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9828 if (sal.explicit_pc)
9835 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
9837 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9839 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9846 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9849 break_range_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9851 const char *arg_start;
9852 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
9853 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
9855 struct breakpoint *b;
9857 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9858 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9859 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9861 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9862 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9863 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9866 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9868 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9869 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
9870 error(_("No address range specified."));
9873 event_location_up start_location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
9875 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location.get (), &canonical_start);
9878 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9879 else if (canonical_start.lsals.empty ())
9880 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9882 const linespec_sals &lsal_start = canonical_start.lsals[0];
9884 if (canonical_start.lsals.size () > 1
9885 || lsal_start.sals.size () != 1)
9886 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9888 const symtab_and_line &sal_start = lsal_start.sals[0];
9889 std::string addr_string_start (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
9891 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
9892 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9894 /* Parse the end location. */
9898 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9899 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9900 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9901 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9902 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9903 event_location_up end_location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
9905 decode_line_full (end_location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9906 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
9907 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
9909 if (canonical_end.lsals.empty ())
9910 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9912 const linespec_sals &lsal_end = canonical_end.lsals[0];
9913 if (canonical_end.lsals.size () > 1
9914 || lsal_end.sals.size () != 1)
9915 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9917 const symtab_and_line &sal_end = lsal_end.sals[0];
9919 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
9920 if (sal_start.pc > end)
9921 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9923 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
9925 /* Length overflowed. */
9926 error (_("Address range too large."));
9927 else if (length == 1)
9929 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9930 the `hbreak' command. */
9931 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start[0], 1);
9936 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9937 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
9938 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
9939 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
9940 b->number = breakpoint_count;
9941 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9942 b->location = std::move (start_location);
9943 b->location_range_end = std::move (end_location);
9944 b->loc->length = length;
9947 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created.notify (b);
9948 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9951 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9952 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9953 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9957 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
9965 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9966 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
9969 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
9979 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
9980 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
9981 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
9982 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
9983 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
9985 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10011 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10014 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10015 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10020 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10021 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10022 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10023 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10024 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10025 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10026 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10028 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10029 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10034 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10036 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10037 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10038 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10039 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10041 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10042 are always constant. */
10044 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10046 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10047 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10048 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10053 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10054 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10055 then it is not a constant. */
10064 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10066 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10068 xfree (this->exp_string);
10069 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse);
10072 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10075 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10077 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10079 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10080 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10082 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10083 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10084 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10085 are loaded and unloaded.
10087 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10088 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10089 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10090 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10091 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10092 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10094 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10095 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10096 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10097 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10099 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10100 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10102 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10103 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10104 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10107 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10110 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10112 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10113 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10115 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10116 w->cond_exp.get ());
10119 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10122 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
10124 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10125 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10127 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10128 w->cond_exp.get ());
10132 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10133 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10134 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10136 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10137 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10139 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10140 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10141 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10142 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10143 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10144 (did not match the data address). */
10145 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10146 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10153 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10155 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10157 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10160 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10161 hardware watchpoints. */
10164 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10166 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10167 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10169 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10172 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10173 hardware watchpoints. */
10176 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10178 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10179 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10182 static enum print_stop_action
10183 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10185 struct breakpoint *b;
10186 enum print_stop_action result;
10187 struct watchpoint *w;
10188 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10190 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10192 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10193 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10195 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10196 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10200 gdb::optional<ui_out_emit_tuple> tuple_emitter;
10203 case bp_watchpoint:
10204 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10205 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10206 uiout->field_string
10207 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10209 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10210 uiout->text ("\nOld value = ");
10211 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val.get (), &stb);
10212 uiout->field_stream ("old", stb);
10213 uiout->text ("\nNew value = ");
10214 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10215 uiout->field_stream ("new", stb);
10216 uiout->text ("\n");
10217 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10218 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10221 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10222 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10223 uiout->field_string
10224 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10226 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10227 uiout->text ("\nValue = ");
10228 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10229 uiout->field_stream ("value", stb);
10230 uiout->text ("\n");
10231 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10234 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10235 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10237 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10238 uiout->field_string
10240 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10242 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10243 uiout->text ("\nOld value = ");
10244 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val.get (), &stb);
10245 uiout->field_stream ("old", stb);
10246 uiout->text ("\nNew value = ");
10251 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10252 uiout->field_string
10254 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10255 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10256 uiout->text ("\nValue = ");
10258 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10259 uiout->field_stream ("new", stb);
10260 uiout->text ("\n");
10261 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10264 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10270 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10274 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10276 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10277 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10278 const char *tuple_name;
10282 case bp_watchpoint:
10283 uiout->text ("Watchpoint ");
10284 tuple_name = "wpt";
10286 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10287 uiout->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10288 tuple_name = "wpt";
10290 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10291 uiout->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10292 tuple_name = "hw-rwpt";
10294 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10295 uiout->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10296 tuple_name = "hw-awpt";
10299 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10300 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10303 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, tuple_name);
10304 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
10305 uiout->text (": ");
10306 uiout->field_string ("exp", w->exp_string);
10309 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10313 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10315 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10319 case bp_watchpoint:
10320 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10321 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10323 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10324 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10326 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10327 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10330 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10331 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10334 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10335 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10338 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10342 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10344 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10345 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10346 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10352 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10354 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10356 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10357 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10360 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10362 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10364 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10365 bl->watchpoint_type);
10368 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10369 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10372 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
10374 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10376 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10377 bl->watchpoint_type);
10380 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10381 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10384 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10386 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10388 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10391 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10392 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10395 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10400 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10401 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10403 static enum print_stop_action
10404 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10406 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10407 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10409 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10410 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10412 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10413 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10417 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10418 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10419 uiout->field_string
10420 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10423 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10424 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10425 uiout->field_string
10426 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10429 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10430 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10431 uiout->field_string
10433 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10436 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10437 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10441 uiout->text (_("\n\
10442 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10443 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10444 uiout->text ("\n");
10446 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10447 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10450 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10451 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10454 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10455 struct ui_out *uiout)
10457 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10459 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10460 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10462 uiout->text ("\tmask ");
10463 uiout->field_core_addr ("mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10464 uiout->text ("\n");
10467 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10468 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10471 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10473 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10474 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10475 const char *tuple_name;
10479 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10480 uiout->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10481 tuple_name = "wpt";
10483 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10484 uiout->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10485 tuple_name = "hw-rwpt";
10487 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10488 uiout->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10489 tuple_name = "hw-awpt";
10492 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10493 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10496 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, tuple_name);
10497 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
10498 uiout->text (": ");
10499 uiout->field_string ("exp", w->exp_string);
10502 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10503 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10506 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10508 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10513 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10514 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10516 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10517 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10519 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10520 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10523 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10524 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10527 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10528 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10529 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10532 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10534 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10536 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10539 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10541 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10544 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10545 hw_read: watch read,
10546 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10548 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10549 int just_location, int internal)
10551 struct breakpoint *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10552 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10553 struct value *mark, *result;
10554 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
10555 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10556 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10557 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10559 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10560 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10561 enum bptype bp_type;
10564 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10565 the hardware watchpoint. */
10567 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10569 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10570 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10572 const char *value_start;
10574 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
10576 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10577 of the arguments string. */
10578 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10580 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10581 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10584 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10585 This is the value of the parameter. */
10586 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10588 value_start = tok + 1;
10590 /* Skip whitespace. */
10591 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10596 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10597 This is the parameter itself. */
10598 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10601 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10603 if (toklen == 6 && startswith (tok, "thread"))
10605 struct thread_info *thr;
10606 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10607 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10608 only in a specific thread. */
10612 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10614 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10615 thr = parse_thread_id (value_start, &endp);
10617 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10618 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10619 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start);
10621 thread = thr->global_num;
10623 else if (toklen == 4 && startswith (tok, "mask"))
10625 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10626 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10628 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10631 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10633 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10635 mark = value_mark ();
10636 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10637 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10638 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10641 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10644 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10645 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10652 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10653 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10655 innermost_block.reset ();
10656 std::string expression (arg, exp_end - arg);
10657 exp_start = arg = expression.c_str ();
10658 expression_up exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10660 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10661 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10663 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10666 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10667 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp.get ()))
10671 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10672 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10674 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10677 exp_valid_block = innermost_block.block ();
10678 mark = value_mark ();
10679 struct value *val_as_value = nullptr;
10680 fetch_subexp_value (exp.get (), &pc, &val_as_value, &result, NULL,
10683 if (val_as_value != NULL && just_location)
10685 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val_as_value);
10686 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val_as_value);
10694 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10695 val = release_value (value_addr (result));
10696 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10700 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val.get ()),
10703 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10704 else if (ret == -2)
10705 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10708 else if (val_as_value != NULL)
10709 val = release_value (val_as_value);
10711 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10712 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10714 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10715 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10717 innermost_block.reset ();
10718 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10719 parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
10721 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10722 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10723 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block.block ();
10728 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10730 frame_info *wp_frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10732 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10734 frame_id watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (wp_frame);
10736 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10737 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10738 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10739 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10740 if (exp_valid_block != NULL && wp_frame != NULL)
10742 frame_id caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame);
10744 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
10746 gdbarch *caller_arch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame);
10747 CORE_ADDR caller_pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame);
10750 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch, caller_pc,
10751 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10752 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10754 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10757 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10759 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10760 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10762 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10763 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = caller_frame_id;
10765 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10766 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch = caller_arch;
10767 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address = caller_pc;
10768 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10769 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10770 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10771 scope_breakpoint->type);
10775 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10776 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10777 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10778 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10780 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10781 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10782 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10783 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10785 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10787 std::unique_ptr<watchpoint> w (new watchpoint ());
10790 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w.get (), NULL, bp_type,
10791 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10793 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w.get (), NULL, bp_type,
10794 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10795 w->thread = thread;
10796 w->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10797 w->pspace = current_program_space;
10798 w->exp = std::move (exp);
10799 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
10800 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
10803 struct type *t = value_type (val.get ());
10804 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val.get ());
10806 w->exp_string_reparse
10807 = current_language->la_watch_location_expression (t, addr).release ();
10809 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10810 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
10813 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
10817 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
10822 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
10823 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
10828 w->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
10830 w->cond_string = 0;
10832 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame))
10834 w->watchpoint_frame = watchpoint_frame;
10835 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
10839 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
10840 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
10843 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
10845 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10846 need to act on them together. */
10847 w->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
10848 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = w.get ();
10851 if (!just_location)
10852 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10854 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10855 that should be inserted. */
10856 update_watchpoint (w.get (), 1);
10858 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (w), 1);
10861 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10862 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10865 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector<value_ref_ptr> &vals)
10867 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
10869 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10870 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
10873 gdb_assert (!vals.empty ());
10874 struct value *head = vals[0].get ();
10876 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10877 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10878 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10879 hardware watchpoint.
10881 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10882 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10883 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10884 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10885 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10886 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10887 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10888 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10889 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10891 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10892 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10893 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10894 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10895 for (const value_ref_ptr &iter : vals)
10897 struct value *v = iter.get ();
10899 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
10901 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
10902 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10903 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10904 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10905 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10906 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10910 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10911 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10912 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
10914 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10915 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10916 middle of some value chain. */
10918 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10919 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
10921 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
10925 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
10926 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
10927 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
10929 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
10933 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
10937 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
10938 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
10939 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10940 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
10941 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10944 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10945 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10946 return found_memory_cnt;
10950 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10952 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
10955 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10956 calls watch_command_1. */
10959 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
10961 int just_location = 0;
10964 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10965 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10967 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10971 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
10975 watch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10977 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
10981 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10983 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
10987 rwatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10989 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
10993 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10995 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
10999 awatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11001 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11005 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11006 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11009 struct until_break_fsm
11011 /* The base class. */
11012 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm;
11014 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11017 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11018 struct breakpoint *location_breakpoint;
11020 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11022 struct breakpoint *caller_breakpoint;
11025 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm *self,
11026 struct thread_info *thread);
11027 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm *self,
11028 struct thread_info *thread);
11029 static enum async_reply_reason
11030 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm *self);
11032 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11034 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops =
11037 until_break_fsm_clean_up,
11038 until_break_fsm_should_stop,
11039 NULL, /* return_value */
11040 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason,
11043 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11045 static struct until_break_fsm *
11046 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp *cmd_interp, int thread,
11047 breakpoint_up &&location_breakpoint,
11048 breakpoint_up &&caller_breakpoint)
11050 struct until_break_fsm *sm;
11052 sm = XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm);
11053 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm->thread_fsm, &until_break_fsm_ops, cmd_interp);
11055 sm->thread = thread;
11056 sm->location_breakpoint = location_breakpoint.release ();
11057 sm->caller_breakpoint = caller_breakpoint.release ();
11062 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11063 until(location)/advance commands. */
11066 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm *self,
11067 struct thread_info *tp)
11069 struct until_break_fsm *sm = (struct until_break_fsm *) self;
11071 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
11072 sm->location_breakpoint) != NULL
11073 || (sm->caller_breakpoint != NULL
11074 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
11075 sm->caller_breakpoint) != NULL))
11076 thread_fsm_set_finished (self);
11081 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11082 until(location)/advance commands. */
11085 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm *self,
11086 struct thread_info *thread)
11088 struct until_break_fsm *sm = (struct until_break_fsm *) self;
11090 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11091 if (sm->location_breakpoint != NULL)
11093 delete_breakpoint (sm->location_breakpoint);
11094 sm->location_breakpoint = NULL;
11096 if (sm->caller_breakpoint != NULL)
11098 delete_breakpoint (sm->caller_breakpoint);
11099 sm->caller_breakpoint = NULL;
11101 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm->thread);
11104 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11105 until(location)/advance commands. */
11107 static enum async_reply_reason
11108 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm *self)
11110 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED;
11114 until_break_command (const char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11116 struct frame_info *frame;
11117 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11118 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11119 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11120 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11122 struct thread_info *tp;
11123 struct until_break_fsm *sm;
11125 clear_proceed_status (0);
11127 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11130 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
11132 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals
11133 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11134 ? decode_line_1 (location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
11135 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11136 get_last_displayed_line ())
11137 : decode_line_1 (location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11138 NULL, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0));
11140 if (sals.size () != 1)
11141 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11143 symtab_and_line &sal = sals[0];
11146 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11148 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11150 tp = inferior_thread ();
11151 thread = tp->global_num;
11153 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11155 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11156 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11157 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11160 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11161 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11162 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11163 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11165 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11168 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint;
11169 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11171 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11172 struct gdbarch *caller_gdbarch;
11174 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11175 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11176 caller_gdbarch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11177 caller_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch,
11182 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11183 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11186 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11189 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint;
11191 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11192 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11193 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11194 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11196 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11197 only at the very same frame. */
11198 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11199 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11201 sm = new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp->global_num,
11202 std::move (location_breakpoint),
11203 std::move (caller_breakpoint));
11204 tp->thread_fsm = &sm->thread_fsm;
11206 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11208 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT);
11211 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11212 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11214 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11215 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11216 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11217 if clause in the arg string. */
11220 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg)
11222 const char *cond_string;
11224 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11227 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11230 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11231 condition string. */
11232 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11233 cond_string = *arg;
11235 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11237 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11239 return cond_string;
11242 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11243 process start/exit, etc. */
11247 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11248 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11253 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
11254 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11256 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11257 const char *cond_string = NULL;
11258 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11261 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11262 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11263 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11267 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11269 /* The allowed syntax is:
11271 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11273 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11274 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11276 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11277 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11279 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11280 and enable reporting of such events. */
11283 case catch_fork_temporary:
11284 case catch_fork_permanent:
11285 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11286 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11288 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11289 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11290 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11291 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11294 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11300 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
11301 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11303 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11305 const char *cond_string = NULL;
11307 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11311 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11313 /* The allowed syntax is:
11315 catch exec if <cond>
11317 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11318 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11320 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11321 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11323 std::unique_ptr<exec_catchpoint> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11324 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11325 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11326 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11328 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
11332 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11333 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11334 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11335 const char *addr_string,
11336 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11343 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11345 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11347 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11348 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11349 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11350 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11351 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11352 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11353 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11354 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11355 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11356 enough for now, though. */
11359 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11361 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11362 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11363 b->location = string_to_event_location (&addr_string,
11364 language_def (language_ada));
11365 b->language = language_ada;
11369 catch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11371 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11376 tcatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11378 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11381 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11384 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint *a, const breakpoint *b)
11386 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) a;
11387 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) b;
11389 if (a->number < b->number)
11391 else if (a->number > b->number)
11394 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11398 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11401 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11404 clear_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11406 struct breakpoint *b;
11409 std::vector<symtab_and_line> decoded_sals;
11410 symtab_and_line last_sal;
11411 gdb::array_view<symtab_and_line> sals;
11415 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11416 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11417 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11419 sals = decoded_sals;
11423 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11424 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11425 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11426 last_sal = get_last_displayed_sal ();
11427 if (last_sal.symtab == 0)
11428 error (_("No source file specified."));
11434 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11435 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11436 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11437 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11439 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11440 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11441 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11442 due to optimization, all in one block.
11444 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11445 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11446 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11447 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11448 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11449 to support that. */
11451 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11452 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11453 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11456 std::vector<struct breakpoint *> found;
11457 for (const auto &sal : sals)
11459 const char *sal_fullname;
11461 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11462 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11463 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11466 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11471 1 0 <can't happen> */
11473 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11474 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11476 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11477 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11480 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11481 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11483 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11484 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11486 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11487 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11488 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11490 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11491 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11492 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11493 || loc->section == sal.section));
11494 int line_match = 0;
11496 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11497 && loc->symtab != NULL
11498 && sal_fullname != NULL
11499 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11500 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11501 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11502 sal_fullname) == 0)
11505 if (pc_match || line_match)
11514 found.push_back (b);
11518 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11519 if (found.empty ())
11522 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11524 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11527 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11528 std::sort (found.begin (), found.end (),
11529 [] (const breakpoint *a, const breakpoint *b)
11531 return compare_breakpoints (a, b) < 0;
11533 found.erase (std::unique (found.begin (), found.end (),
11534 [] (const breakpoint *a, const breakpoint *b)
11536 return compare_breakpoints (a, b) == 0;
11540 if (found.size () > 1)
11541 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11544 if (found.size () == 1)
11545 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11547 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11550 for (breakpoint *iter : found)
11553 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter->number);
11554 delete_breakpoint (iter);
11557 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11560 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11561 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11562 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11565 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11567 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11569 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11570 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11571 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11573 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11575 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11577 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11578 delete_breakpoint (b);
11582 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11583 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11584 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11585 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11586 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11587 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11590 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11592 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
11593 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
11595 if (a->address != b->address)
11596 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11598 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11599 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11602 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11603 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11604 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11606 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11607 if (a->permanent != b->permanent)
11608 return (a->permanent < b->permanent) - (a->permanent > b->permanent);
11610 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11611 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11612 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11614 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11615 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11616 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11618 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11621 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11622 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11623 content of the bp_locations array. */
11626 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11628 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11630 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11631 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11633 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11635 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11637 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11640 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
11641 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
11643 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
11644 addr = bl->address - start;
11645 if (addr > bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
11646 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
11648 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11650 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
11651 addr = end - bl->address;
11652 if (addr > bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max)
11653 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
11657 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11660 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11662 struct breakpoint *b;
11663 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN;
11665 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
11667 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
11669 struct bp_location *bl;
11670 struct tracepoint *t;
11671 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
11673 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
11674 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11675 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
11678 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN)
11680 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11681 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_TRUE;
11683 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_FALSE;
11686 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_FALSE)
11689 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
11691 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11692 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11693 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11694 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
11697 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
11699 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
11702 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
11704 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11705 t->number_on_target = b->number;
11706 if (bp_location_downloaded)
11707 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
11711 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11714 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
11716 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
11717 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
11718 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
11719 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
11721 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11722 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
11723 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
11724 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
11725 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
11727 left->inserted = right->inserted;
11728 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
11729 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
11730 left->target_info = right->target_info;
11731 right->inserted = left_inserted;
11732 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
11733 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
11734 right->target_info = left_target_info;
11737 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11738 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11739 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11743 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
11745 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
11746 struct bp_location *loc;
11747 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
11750 address = bl->address;
11751 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
11753 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11754 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11755 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11757 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11758 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11761 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11762 the same program space as the location
11763 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11764 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11765 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
11769 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
11770 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
11773 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11774 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11775 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11776 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11777 that have already been marked. */
11778 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
11780 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11782 loc->cond_bytecode.reset ();
11785 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11786 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11787 locations are duplicate of which.
11789 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11790 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11794 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
11796 struct breakpoint *b;
11797 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
11798 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11799 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
11800 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11801 int last_pspace_num = -1;
11803 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11804 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11805 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11806 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11807 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11809 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
11810 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
11811 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
11812 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
11814 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11815 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11816 struct bp_location **old_locp;
11817 unsigned old_locations_count;
11818 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<struct bp_location *> old_locations (bp_locations);
11820 old_locations_count = bp_locations_count;
11821 bp_locations = NULL;
11822 bp_locations_count = 0;
11824 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11825 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11826 bp_locations_count++;
11828 bp_locations = XNEWVEC (struct bp_location *, bp_locations_count);
11829 locp = bp_locations;
11830 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11831 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11833 qsort (bp_locations, bp_locations_count, sizeof (*bp_locations),
11834 bp_locations_compare);
11836 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11838 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11839 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11840 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11841 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11842 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11845 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11846 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11848 locp = bp_locations;
11849 for (old_locp = old_locations.get ();
11850 old_locp < old_locations.get () + old_locations_count;
11853 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
11854 struct bp_location **loc2p;
11856 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11857 not, we have to free it. */
11858 int found_object = 0;
11859 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11860 int keep_in_target = 0;
11863 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11864 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11865 while (locp < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11866 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
11870 (loc2p < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11871 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11874 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11875 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11876 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11878 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
11879 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
11880 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
11882 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
11883 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
11886 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
11890 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11891 have to go through updates again. */
11892 last_addr = old_loc->address;
11894 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11896 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
11898 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11899 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11900 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11901 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11902 at certain location is not inserted. */
11904 if (old_loc->inserted)
11906 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11909 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
11911 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11912 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11913 keep_in_target = 1;
11917 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11918 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11919 remove its target-side condition. */
11921 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11922 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11923 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11924 this one from the target. */
11926 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11927 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
11930 (loc2p < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11931 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11934 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
11936 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
11938 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11939 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11940 supported, but the latter are. */
11941 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
11943 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
11944 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
11947 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11948 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11950 if (loc2 != old_loc
11951 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
11953 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
11954 keep_in_target = 1;
11962 if (!keep_in_target)
11964 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc))
11966 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11967 this location on the global list, and try to
11968 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11969 reason why we will succeed next time.
11971 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11972 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11973 only after calling us. */
11974 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11975 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11976 old_loc->owner->number);
11984 if (removed && target_is_non_stop_p ()
11985 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc))
11987 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11988 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11989 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11990 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11991 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11992 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11993 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11994 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11995 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11996 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11997 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11998 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11999 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12000 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12003 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12004 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12006 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12007 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12008 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12009 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12010 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12011 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12012 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12013 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12014 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12015 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12016 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12017 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12018 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12021 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12022 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12023 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12024 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12026 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12027 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12028 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12029 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12030 traps we can no longer explain. */
12032 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12033 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12035 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12039 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12040 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12045 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12046 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12047 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12048 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12049 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12050 are sorted first for the same address.
12052 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12053 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12055 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12056 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12057 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12058 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12059 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12061 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12063 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12066 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12067 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12068 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12069 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12070 `struct bp_location'. */
12071 || is_tracepoint (b))
12073 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12074 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12078 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12079 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12080 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12081 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12082 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12083 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12085 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12087 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12088 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12089 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12091 *loc_first_p = loc;
12092 loc->duplicate = 0;
12094 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12096 loc->needs_update = 1;
12097 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12098 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12104 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12105 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12106 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12108 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12109 loc->duplicate = 1;
12111 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12112 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12115 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12117 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12118 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12121 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12122 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12123 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12124 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12125 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12127 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12131 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12132 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12136 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12138 struct bp_location *loc;
12141 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12142 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12144 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12145 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12151 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12156 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
12158 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12164 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12167 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12171 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12172 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12174 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12175 bs->old_val = NULL;
12176 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12180 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12182 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12184 struct breakpoint *bpt = (struct breakpoint *) data;
12186 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12190 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12194 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12196 struct value_print_options opts;
12198 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12200 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12202 if (b->loc == NULL)
12204 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12205 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12206 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12207 if (b->extra_string == NULL)
12209 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12210 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
12212 else if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
12214 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12215 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
12220 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12221 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
12227 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12229 printf_filtered (" at ");
12230 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12233 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12235 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12237 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12238 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12239 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12240 b->loc->line_number);
12242 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12243 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12244 real situation somewhat. */
12245 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12246 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
12251 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12253 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12255 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12260 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12263 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12265 xfree (self->function_name);
12268 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12273 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12275 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12277 xfree (this->cond_string);
12278 xfree (this->extra_string);
12279 xfree (this->filter);
12282 static struct bp_location *
12283 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12285 return new bp_location (&bp_location_ops, self);
12289 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12291 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12294 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12295 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12298 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12300 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12304 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl,
12305 enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12307 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12311 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12312 const address_space *aspace,
12314 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12316 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12320 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12325 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12329 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12331 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12334 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12338 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12340 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12343 static enum print_stop_action
12344 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12346 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12350 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12351 struct ui_out *uiout)
12357 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12359 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12363 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12365 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12369 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12370 (const struct event_location *location,
12371 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12372 enum bptype type_wanted)
12374 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12378 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12379 struct linespec_result *c,
12380 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12381 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12382 enum bptype type_wanted,
12383 enum bpdisp disposition,
12385 int task, int ignore_count,
12386 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12387 int from_tty, int enabled,
12388 int internal, unsigned flags)
12390 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12393 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12394 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12395 const struct event_location *location,
12396 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12398 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12401 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12404 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
12409 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12412 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12414 /* Nothing to do. */
12417 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12419 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12420 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12421 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12422 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12423 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12424 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12425 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12426 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12427 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12429 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12430 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12431 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12432 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location,
12433 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12434 base_breakpoint_decode_location,
12435 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
12436 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
12439 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12442 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12444 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12445 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
12447 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12448 delete_breakpoint (b);
12452 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12456 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12458 CORE_ADDR addr = bl->target_info.reqstd_address;
12460 bl->target_info.kind = breakpoint_kind (bl, &addr);
12461 bl->target_info.placed_address = addr;
12463 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12464 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12466 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12470 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12472 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12473 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12475 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info, reason);
12479 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12480 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12481 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12483 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12484 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12487 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12491 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12492 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12493 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12500 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12501 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12502 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12504 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
12505 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12507 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12508 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12509 be set at the same address. */
12513 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
12517 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12519 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12524 static enum print_stop_action
12525 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12527 struct breakpoint *b;
12528 const struct bp_location *bl;
12530 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12532 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12534 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12535 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12537 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12538 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12539 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12542 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12543 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
12546 uiout->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12548 uiout->text ("Breakpoint ");
12549 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12551 uiout->field_string ("reason",
12552 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12553 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12555 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
12556 uiout->text (", ");
12558 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12562 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12564 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12569 case bp_breakpoint:
12570 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12571 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12572 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12574 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12575 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12576 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12577 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12579 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12580 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12583 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12591 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12593 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12594 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12595 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12596 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12597 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12598 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12599 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12600 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12601 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12603 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12604 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12606 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
12607 event_location_to_string (tp->location.get ()));
12609 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12610 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12611 if (tp->loc == NULL && tp->extra_string != NULL)
12612 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->extra_string);
12614 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12618 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12619 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12620 enum bptype type_wanted)
12622 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12626 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12627 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12628 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12629 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12630 enum bptype type_wanted,
12631 enum bpdisp disposition,
12633 int task, int ignore_count,
12634 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12635 int from_tty, int enabled,
12636 int internal, unsigned flags)
12638 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
12639 std::move (cond_string),
12640 std::move (extra_string),
12642 disposition, thread, task,
12643 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12644 enabled, internal, flags);
12647 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12648 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12649 const struct event_location *location,
12650 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12652 return decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace);
12655 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12658 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12662 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12663 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12664 case bp_overlay_event:
12665 case bp_longjmp_master:
12666 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12667 case bp_exception_master:
12668 delete_breakpoint (b);
12671 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12672 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12673 case bp_shlib_event:
12675 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12676 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12677 case bp_thread_event:
12683 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12685 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
12687 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12688 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12689 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12690 objects (among other things). */
12691 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
12692 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
12698 static enum print_stop_action
12699 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12701 struct breakpoint *b;
12703 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12707 case bp_shlib_event:
12708 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12709 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12710 to shlib event" message.) */
12711 print_solib_event (0);
12714 case bp_thread_event:
12715 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12716 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12717 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12720 case bp_overlay_event:
12721 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12722 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12725 case bp_longjmp_master:
12726 /* These should never be enabled. */
12727 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12730 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12731 /* These should never be enabled. */
12732 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12733 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12736 case bp_exception_master:
12737 /* These should never be enabled. */
12738 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12739 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12743 return PRINT_NOTHING;
12747 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12749 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12752 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12755 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12757 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12758 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12759 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12760 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12764 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12766 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12769 static enum print_stop_action
12770 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12772 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
12776 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12778 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12781 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12783 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12784 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12786 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12788 thread_info *tp = find_thread_global_id (this->thread);
12791 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
12794 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12797 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12799 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
12803 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12805 bl->probe.prob->set_semaphore (bl->probe.objfile, bl->gdbarch);
12812 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl,
12813 enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12815 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12816 bl->probe.prob->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.objfile, bl->gdbarch);
12818 return bkpt_remove_location (bl, reason);
12822 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12823 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12824 enum bptype type_wanted)
12826 struct linespec_sals lsal;
12828 lsal.sals = parse_probes (location, NULL, canonical);
12830 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location.get ()));
12831 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
12834 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12835 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12836 const struct event_location *location,
12837 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12839 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = parse_probes (location, search_pspace, NULL);
12841 error (_("probe not found"));
12845 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12848 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12850 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12854 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12855 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12856 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12858 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12864 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12865 struct ui_out *uiout)
12867 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12868 if (!tp->static_trace_marker_id.empty ())
12870 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
12872 uiout->text ("\tmarker id is ");
12873 uiout->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12874 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12875 uiout->text ("\n");
12880 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12882 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12887 case bp_tracepoint:
12888 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12889 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12891 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
12892 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12893 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12895 case bp_static_tracepoint:
12896 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12897 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12900 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12901 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
12908 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
12910 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12912 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
12913 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
12914 else if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
12915 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
12916 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
12917 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
12919 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12920 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
12922 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
12923 event_location_to_string (self->location.get ()));
12924 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
12926 if (tp->pass_count)
12927 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
12931 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12932 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12933 enum bptype type_wanted)
12935 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12939 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12940 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12941 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12942 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12943 enum bptype type_wanted,
12944 enum bpdisp disposition,
12946 int task, int ignore_count,
12947 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12948 int from_tty, int enabled,
12949 int internal, unsigned flags)
12951 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
12952 std::move (cond_string),
12953 std::move (extra_string),
12955 disposition, thread, task,
12956 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12957 enabled, internal, flags);
12960 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12961 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12962 const struct event_location *location,
12963 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12965 return decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace);
12968 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
12970 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12974 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12975 (const struct event_location *location,
12976 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12977 enum bptype type_wanted)
12979 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12980 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12983 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12984 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12985 const struct event_location *location,
12986 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12988 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12989 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b, location, search_pspace);
12992 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
12994 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12997 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12999 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13001 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13002 gdb_assert (b->extra_string != NULL);
13004 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13005 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13006 3 - disconnect from target 1
13007 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13009 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13010 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13011 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13012 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13013 it all the time. */
13014 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13015 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13018 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13021 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13023 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s,%s",
13024 event_location_to_string (tp->location.get ()),
13026 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13029 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13032 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13033 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13034 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13035 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13036 address are all handled. */
13039 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13041 struct bpstats tmp_bs;
13042 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13044 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13045 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13046 condition not be evaluated. */
13049 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13050 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13051 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13052 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13053 commands here throws. */
13054 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13055 bs->commands = NULL;
13057 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13059 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13060 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13064 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13068 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13069 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13070 enum bptype type_wanted)
13072 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13073 const char *arg_start, *arg;
13075 arg = arg_start = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
13076 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
13078 std::string str (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
13079 const char *ptr = str.c_str ();
13080 canonical->location
13081 = new_linespec_location (&ptr, symbol_name_match_type::FULL);
13084 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location.get ()));
13085 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
13089 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13090 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13091 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
13092 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
13093 enum bptype type_wanted,
13094 enum bpdisp disposition,
13096 int task, int ignore_count,
13097 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13098 int from_tty, int enabled,
13099 int internal, unsigned flags)
13101 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical->lsals[0];
13103 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13104 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13105 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13106 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13107 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13108 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13110 for (size_t i = 0; i < lsal.sals.size (); i++)
13112 event_location_up location
13113 = copy_event_location (canonical->location.get ());
13115 std::unique_ptr<tracepoint> tp (new tracepoint ());
13116 init_breakpoint_sal (tp.get (), gdbarch, lsal.sals[i],
13117 std::move (location), NULL,
13118 std::move (cond_string),
13119 std::move (extra_string),
13120 type_wanted, disposition,
13121 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13122 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13123 canonical->special_display);
13124 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13125 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13126 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13127 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13128 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13129 corresponds to this one */
13130 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13132 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (tp), 0);
13136 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13137 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13138 const struct event_location *location,
13139 struct program_space *search_pspace)
13141 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13142 const char *s = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
13144 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
13145 if (sals.size () > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13147 sals[0] = sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13152 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13155 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13158 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13160 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13163 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13167 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13169 struct breakpoint *b;
13171 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13173 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13174 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13177 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13178 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13179 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13180 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13181 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13184 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13185 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13186 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13187 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13189 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13192 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13193 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13194 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13196 struct breakpoint *related;
13197 struct watchpoint *w;
13199 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13200 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13201 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13202 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13206 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13208 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13209 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13210 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13211 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13212 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13215 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13216 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13217 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13218 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13220 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted.notify (bpt);
13222 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13223 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13225 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13226 if (b->next == bpt)
13228 b->next = bpt->next;
13232 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13234 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13235 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13236 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13237 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13238 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13239 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13240 commands won't work. */
13242 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13244 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13245 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13246 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13247 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13248 might be better design to have location completely
13249 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13250 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
13252 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13253 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13254 bpt->type = bp_none;
13258 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13259 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13262 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13263 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
13265 struct breakpoint *related;
13270 struct breakpoint *next;
13272 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13273 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13275 if (next == related)
13277 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13278 function (related);
13280 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13281 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13286 function (related);
13290 while (related != b);
13294 delete_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
13296 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13302 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13304 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13305 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13306 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13307 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13308 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13310 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13314 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13316 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13318 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13319 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13320 delete_breakpoint (b);
13324 map_breakpoint_numbers
13325 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *b)
13327 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, delete_breakpoint);
13331 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13332 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13336 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
13338 struct bp_location *loc;
13340 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
13341 if ((pspace == NULL
13342 || loc->pspace == pspace)
13343 && !loc->shlib_disabled
13344 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13349 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13350 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13351 Null names are ignored. */
13354 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13356 struct bp_location *l;
13357 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string, streq_hash, NULL,
13360 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13363 const char *name = l->function_name;
13365 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13369 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13371 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13375 htab_delete (htab);
13381 htab_delete (htab);
13385 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13386 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13387 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13388 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13389 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13390 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13391 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13392 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13395 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13396 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13397 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13398 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13399 in the sources, and output a warning.
13401 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13402 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13403 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13404 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13405 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13408 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13409 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13410 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13411 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13412 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13413 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13414 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13415 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13416 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13418 static struct symtab_and_line
13419 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13421 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13422 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13427 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13429 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13431 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id != marker.str_id)
13432 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13433 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str (),
13434 marker.str_id.c_str ());
13436 tp->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (marker.str_id);
13441 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13443 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13445 && sal.symtab != NULL
13446 && !tp->static_trace_marker_id.empty ())
13448 std::vector<static_tracepoint_marker> markers
13449 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13450 (tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13452 if (!markers.empty ())
13454 struct symbol *sym;
13455 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13456 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13457 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
13459 tpmarker = &markers[0];
13461 tp->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (tpmarker->str_id);
13463 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13464 "found at previous line number"),
13465 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13467 symtab_and_line sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13468 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13469 uiout->text ("Now in ");
13472 uiout->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13473 uiout->text (" at ");
13475 uiout->field_string ("file",
13476 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13479 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
13481 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13483 uiout->field_string ("fullname", fullname);
13486 uiout->field_int ("line", sal2.line);
13487 uiout->text ("\n");
13489 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13490 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
13492 b->location.reset (NULL);
13493 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
13494 explicit_loc.source_filename
13495 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13496 explicit_loc.line_offset.offset = b->loc->line_number;
13497 explicit_loc.line_offset.sign = LINE_OFFSET_NONE;
13498 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
13500 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13507 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13508 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13511 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13515 if (a->address != b->address)
13518 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13521 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13528 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13534 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13535 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13536 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13538 static struct bp_location *
13539 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
13541 struct bp_location head;
13542 struct bp_location *i = b->loc;
13543 struct bp_location **i_link = &b->loc;
13544 struct bp_location *hoisted = &head;
13546 if (pspace == NULL)
13557 if (i->pspace == pspace)
13572 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13573 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13574 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13575 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13579 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13580 struct program_space *filter_pspace,
13581 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
13582 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals_end)
13584 struct bp_location *existing_locations;
13586 if (!sals_end.empty () && (sals.size () != 1 || sals_end.size () != 1))
13588 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13590 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13591 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13592 "multiple locations found\n"),
13597 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13598 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13599 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13600 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13601 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13602 individual locations. */
13603 if (all_locations_are_pending (b, filter_pspace) && sals.empty ())
13606 existing_locations = hoist_existing_locations (b, filter_pspace);
13608 for (const auto &sal : sals)
13610 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13612 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
13614 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
13616 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13618 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13622 s = b->cond_string;
13625 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sal.pc,
13626 block_for_pc (sal.pc),
13629 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13631 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13632 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13633 b->number, e.message);
13634 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13639 if (!sals_end.empty ())
13641 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end[0]);
13643 new_loc->length = end - sals[0].pc + 1;
13647 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13650 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13651 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13652 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13653 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13654 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13655 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13656 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13658 for (; e; e = e->next)
13660 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13662 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13663 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13665 for (; l; l = l->next)
13666 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13674 for (; l; l = l->next)
13675 if (l->function_name
13676 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13686 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
13687 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
13690 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13691 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13693 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13694 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, struct event_location *location,
13695 struct program_space *search_pspace, int *found)
13697 struct gdb_exception exception = exception_none;
13699 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
13701 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals;
13705 sals = b->ops->decode_location (b, location, search_pspace);
13707 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13709 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
13713 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13714 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13715 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13716 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13717 state, then user already saw the message about that
13718 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13720 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13721 && (b->condition_not_parsed
13723 && search_pspace != NULL
13724 && b->loc->pspace != search_pspace)
13725 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
13726 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13727 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
13728 not_found_and_ok = 1;
13730 if (!not_found_and_ok)
13732 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13733 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13734 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13735 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13736 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13737 which approach is better. */
13738 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13739 throw_exception (e);
13744 if (exception.reason == 0 || exception.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
13746 for (auto &sal : sals)
13747 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
13748 if (b->condition_not_parsed && b->extra_string != NULL)
13750 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
13753 find_condition_and_thread (b->extra_string, sals[0].pc,
13754 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
13756 gdb_assert (b->cond_string == NULL);
13758 b->cond_string = cond_string;
13759 b->thread = thread;
13763 xfree (b->extra_string);
13764 b->extra_string = extra_string;
13766 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
13769 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
13770 sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals[0]);
13780 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13781 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13785 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
13787 struct program_space *filter_pspace = current_program_space;
13788 std::vector<symtab_and_line> expanded, expanded_end;
13791 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = location_to_sals (b, b->location.get (),
13792 filter_pspace, &found);
13794 expanded = std::move (sals);
13796 if (b->location_range_end != NULL)
13798 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals_end
13799 = location_to_sals (b, b->location_range_end.get (),
13800 filter_pspace, &found);
13802 expanded_end = std::move (sals_end);
13805 update_breakpoint_locations (b, filter_pspace, expanded, expanded_end);
13808 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13809 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13812 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
13813 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13814 enum bptype type_wanted)
13816 parse_breakpoint_sals (location, canonical);
13819 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13820 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13824 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13825 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13826 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
13827 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
13828 enum bptype type_wanted,
13829 enum bpdisp disposition,
13831 int task, int ignore_count,
13832 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13833 int from_tty, int enabled,
13834 int internal, unsigned flags)
13836 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical,
13837 std::move (cond_string),
13838 std::move (extra_string),
13839 type_wanted, disposition,
13840 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13841 enabled, internal, flags);
13844 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13845 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13847 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13848 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
13849 const struct event_location *location,
13850 struct program_space *search_pspace)
13852 struct linespec_result canonical;
13854 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, search_pspace,
13855 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
13856 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
13859 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13860 gdb_assert (canonical.lsals.size () < 2);
13862 if (!canonical.lsals.empty ())
13864 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical.lsals[0];
13865 return std::move (lsal.sals);
13870 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13873 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint *b)
13875 input_radix = b->input_radix;
13876 set_language (b->language);
13878 b->ops->re_set (b);
13881 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13882 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13885 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13887 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13890 scoped_restore_current_language save_language;
13891 scoped_restore save_input_radix = make_scoped_restore (&input_radix);
13892 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
13894 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13895 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13896 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13897 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13899 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13903 breakpoint_re_set_one (b);
13905 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13907 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
13908 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13914 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13917 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13918 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13919 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13920 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13922 /* Now we can insert. */
13923 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
13926 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13928 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13929 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13931 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
13933 if (b->thread != -1)
13935 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
13936 b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
13938 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13939 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13940 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13942 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
13946 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13947 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13948 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13951 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
13953 struct breakpoint *b;
13958 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13959 if (b->number == bptnum)
13961 if (is_tracepoint (b))
13963 if (from_tty && count != 0)
13964 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13969 b->ignore_count = count;
13973 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13974 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13976 else if (count == 1)
13977 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13980 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13981 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13984 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
13988 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
13991 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13994 ignore_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
13996 const char *p = args;
14000 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14002 num = get_number (&p);
14004 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14006 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14008 set_ignore_count (num,
14009 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14012 printf_filtered ("\n");
14016 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
14017 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
14020 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair<int, int> bp_num_range,
14021 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
14023 if (bp_num_range.first == 0)
14025 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
14026 bp_num_range.first);
14030 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14032 for (int i = bp_num_range.first; i <= bp_num_range.second; i++)
14034 bool match = false;
14036 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14037 if (b->number == i)
14044 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i);
14049 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
14053 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args,
14054 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
14056 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
14057 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14059 number_or_range_parser parser (args);
14061 while (!parser.finished ())
14063 int num = parser.get_number ();
14064 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num, num), function);
14068 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
14069 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
14071 static struct bp_location *
14072 find_location_by_number (int bp_num, int loc_num)
14074 struct breakpoint *b;
14076 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14077 if (b->number == bp_num)
14082 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14083 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num);
14086 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num);
14089 for (bp_location *loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14090 if (++n == loc_num)
14093 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num);
14096 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
14097 enum class extract_bp_kind
14099 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14102 /* Extracting a location number. */
14106 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14107 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14108 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14109 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14110 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14113 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind, const char *start,
14114 int trailer, const char **end_out = NULL)
14116 const char *end = start;
14117 int num = get_number_trailer (&end, trailer);
14119 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14120 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14121 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14122 int (end - start), start);
14124 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14125 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14126 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14127 int (end - start), start);
14129 if (end_out != NULL)
14134 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14135 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14136 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14137 are always positive integers. */
14139 static std::pair<int, int>
14140 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind,
14141 const std::string &arg,
14142 std::string::size_type arg_offset)
14144 std::pair<int, int> range;
14145 const char *bp_loc = &arg[arg_offset];
14146 std::string::size_type dash = arg.find ('-', arg_offset);
14147 if (dash != std::string::npos)
14149 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14150 if (arg.length () == dash + 1)
14151 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14152 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14153 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14157 const char *start_first = bp_loc;
14158 const char *start_second = &arg[dash + 1];
14159 range.first = extract_bp_num (kind, start_first, '-');
14160 range.second = extract_bp_num (kind, start_second, '\0', &end);
14162 if (range.first > range.second)
14163 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14164 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14165 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14166 int (end - start_first), start_first);
14170 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14171 range.first = extract_bp_num (kind, bp_loc, '\0');
14172 range.second = range.first;
14177 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14178 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14181 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14183 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14184 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14185 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14186 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14187 location number range.
14191 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string &arg,
14192 std::pair<int, int> &bp_num_range,
14193 std::pair<int, int> &bp_loc_range)
14195 std::string::size_type dot = arg.find ('.');
14197 if (dot != std::string::npos)
14199 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14201 if (arg.length () == dot + 1 || dot == 0)
14202 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg.c_str ());
14205 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp, arg.c_str (), '.');
14206 bp_num_range.second = bp_num_range.first;
14208 bp_loc_range = extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc,
14213 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14215 bp_num_range = extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp, arg, 0);
14216 bp_loc_range.first = 0;
14217 bp_loc_range.second = 0;
14221 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14222 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14225 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num, int loc_num, bool enable)
14227 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (bp_num, loc_num);
14230 if (loc->enabled != enable)
14232 loc->enabled = enable;
14233 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14235 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14236 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14237 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14238 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14240 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14243 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14244 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14245 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14246 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14250 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num,
14251 std::pair<int, int> &bp_loc_range,
14254 for (int i = bp_loc_range.first; i <= bp_loc_range.second; i++)
14255 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num, i, enable);
14258 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14259 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14260 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14263 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14265 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14266 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14267 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14268 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14271 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14273 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14274 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14276 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14277 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14279 struct bp_location *location;
14281 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14282 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14285 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14287 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bpt);
14290 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14291 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14292 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14293 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14296 enable_disable_command (const char *args, int from_tty, bool enable)
14300 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14302 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14303 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14306 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14308 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14313 std::string num = extract_arg (&args);
14315 while (!num.empty ())
14317 std::pair<int, int> bp_num_range, bp_loc_range;
14319 extract_bp_number_and_location (num, bp_num_range, bp_loc_range);
14321 if (bp_loc_range.first == bp_loc_range.second
14322 && bp_loc_range.first == 0)
14324 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14325 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range,
14327 ? enable_breakpoint
14328 : disable_breakpoint);
14332 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14334 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14335 (bp_num_range.first, bp_loc_range, enable);
14337 num = extract_arg (&args);
14342 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14343 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14344 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14345 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14348 disable_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14350 enable_disable_command (args, from_tty, false);
14354 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14357 int target_resources_ok;
14359 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14362 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14363 target_resources_ok =
14364 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14366 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14367 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14368 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14369 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14372 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14374 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14375 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = bp_disabled;
14379 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14381 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14382 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14383 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14385 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14387 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14388 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14395 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14397 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14398 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14400 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14401 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14403 struct bp_location *location;
14405 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14406 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14409 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14410 bpt->enable_count = count;
14411 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14413 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bpt);
14418 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14420 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14423 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14424 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14425 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14426 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14429 enable_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14431 enable_disable_command (args, from_tty, true);
14435 enable_once_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14437 map_breakpoint_numbers
14438 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14440 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14441 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14443 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_disable, 1);
14449 enable_count_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14454 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14456 count = get_number (&args);
14458 map_breakpoint_numbers
14459 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14461 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14462 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14464 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_disable, count);
14470 enable_delete_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14472 map_breakpoint_numbers
14473 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14475 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14476 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14478 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_del, 1);
14484 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args, int from_tty)
14489 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args, int from_tty)
14493 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14494 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14498 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14499 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14500 const bfd_byte *data)
14502 struct breakpoint *bp;
14504 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14505 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14506 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14508 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14510 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val != nullptr)
14512 struct bp_location *loc;
14514 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14515 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14516 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14517 && addr + len > loc->address)
14526 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14529 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14530 const address_space *aspace,
14533 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
14534 struct symtab_and_line sal;
14535 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
14537 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
14539 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
14540 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->global_num, gdbarch);
14543 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
14545 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
14546 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
14547 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
14549 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
14552 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14555 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
14557 struct regcache *regcache = get_current_regcache ();
14558 std::vector<CORE_ADDR> next_pcs;
14560 next_pcs = gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch, regcache);
14562 if (!next_pcs.empty ())
14564 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
14565 const address_space *aspace = get_frame_address_space (frame);
14567 for (CORE_ADDR pc : next_pcs)
14568 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, pc);
14576 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14579 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
14580 const address_space *aspace,
14583 struct bp_location *loc;
14585 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14587 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
14593 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14597 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
14600 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14602 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14604 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
14605 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
14611 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14613 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14615 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14617 tracepoint_count = num;
14618 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14622 trace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14624 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14626 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
14628 if (location != NULL
14629 && event_location_type (location.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION)
14630 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
14632 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14634 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14636 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14638 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14639 0 /* Ignore count */,
14640 pending_break_support,
14644 0 /* internal */, 0);
14648 ftrace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14650 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
14652 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14654 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14656 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14657 0 /* Ignore count */,
14658 pending_break_support,
14659 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14662 0 /* internal */, 0);
14665 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14668 strace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14670 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14671 event_location_up location;
14673 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14674 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14675 if (arg && startswith (arg, "-m") && isspace (arg[2]))
14677 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14678 location = new_linespec_location (&arg, symbol_name_match_type::FULL);
14682 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14683 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
14686 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14688 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14690 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14691 0 /* Ignore count */,
14692 pending_break_support,
14696 0 /* internal */, 0);
14699 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14700 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14702 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
14703 static int next_cmd;
14706 read_uploaded_action (void)
14708 char *rslt = nullptr;
14710 if (next_cmd < this_utp->cmd_strings.size ())
14712 rslt = this_utp->cmd_strings[next_cmd];
14719 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14720 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14721 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14722 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14723 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14725 struct tracepoint *
14726 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
14728 const char *addr_str;
14729 char small_buf[100];
14730 struct tracepoint *tp;
14732 if (utp->at_string)
14733 addr_str = utp->at_string;
14736 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14737 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14738 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14740 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14741 "source location, using raw address"),
14743 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
14744 addr_str = small_buf;
14747 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14748 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
14749 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14750 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14753 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&addr_str,
14755 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14757 utp->cond_string, -1, addr_str,
14758 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14760 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
14761 0 /* Ignore count */,
14762 pending_break_support,
14763 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14765 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
14767 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
14770 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14771 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
14772 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
14776 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
14779 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
14782 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14783 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14784 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14786 if (!utp->cmd_strings.empty ())
14788 command_line_up cmd_list;
14793 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
14795 breakpoint_set_commands (tp, std::move (cmd_list));
14797 else if (!utp->actions.empty ()
14798 || !utp->step_actions.empty ())
14799 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14800 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14803 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14804 tp->hit_count = utp->hit_count;
14805 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
14810 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14814 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14816 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14819 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
14821 if (num_printed == 0)
14823 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
14824 uiout->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14826 uiout->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
14829 default_collect_info ();
14832 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14833 Not supported by all targets. */
14835 enable_trace_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14837 enable_command (args, from_tty);
14840 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14841 Not supported by all targets. */
14843 disable_trace_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14845 disable_command (args, from_tty);
14848 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14850 delete_trace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14852 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14858 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14860 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14861 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14862 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14864 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14865 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14867 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14871 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14873 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14875 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14876 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14877 delete_breakpoint (b);
14881 map_breakpoint_numbers
14882 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14884 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, delete_breakpoint);
14888 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14891 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
14893 tp->pass_count = count;
14894 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (tp);
14896 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14897 tp->number, count);
14900 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14902 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14903 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14904 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14907 trace_pass_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14909 struct tracepoint *t1;
14912 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
14913 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14914 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14916 count = strtoulst (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14918 args = skip_spaces (args);
14919 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
14921 struct breakpoint *b;
14923 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14925 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14927 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14929 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14930 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14933 else if (*args == '\0')
14935 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
14937 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14941 number_or_range_parser parser (args);
14942 while (!parser.finished ())
14944 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &parser);
14946 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14951 struct tracepoint *
14952 get_tracepoint (int num)
14954 struct breakpoint *t;
14956 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
14957 if (t->number == num)
14958 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
14963 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14964 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14967 struct tracepoint *
14968 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
14970 struct breakpoint *b;
14972 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14974 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14976 if (t->number_on_target == num)
14983 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14984 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14985 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14986 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14988 struct tracepoint *
14989 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg,
14990 number_or_range_parser *parser)
14992 struct breakpoint *t;
14994 const char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
14996 if (parser != NULL)
14998 gdb_assert (!parser->finished ());
14999 tpnum = parser->get_number ();
15001 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15002 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15004 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15008 if (instring && *instring)
15009 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15012 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15016 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15017 if (t->number == tpnum)
15019 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15022 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15027 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15029 if (b->thread != -1)
15030 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15033 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15035 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15038 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15039 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15040 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15044 save_breakpoints (const char *filename, int from_tty,
15045 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15047 struct breakpoint *tp;
15049 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15051 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15052 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15054 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15055 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15057 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15058 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15061 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15062 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15067 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15069 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15071 /* We can stop searching. */
15078 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15082 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename));
15086 if (!fp.open (expanded_filename.get (), "w"))
15087 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15088 expanded_filename.get (), safe_strerror (errno));
15090 if (extra_trace_bits)
15091 save_trace_state_variables (&fp);
15093 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15095 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15096 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15099 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15100 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15103 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, &fp);
15105 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15106 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15109 if (tp->cond_string)
15110 fp.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15112 if (tp->ignore_count)
15113 fp.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15115 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15117 fp.puts (" commands\n");
15119 current_uiout->redirect (&fp);
15122 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands.get (), 2);
15124 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15126 current_uiout->redirect (NULL);
15127 throw_exception (ex);
15131 current_uiout->redirect (NULL);
15132 fp.puts (" end\n");
15135 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15136 fp.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15138 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15139 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15140 special, and not user visible. */
15141 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15143 struct bp_location *loc;
15146 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15148 fp.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15152 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15153 fp.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15156 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename.get ());
15159 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15162 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
15164 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15167 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15170 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
15172 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15175 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15177 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15178 all_tracepoints (void)
15180 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15181 struct breakpoint *tp;
15183 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15185 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15192 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15193 locations used by several commands. */
15195 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15196 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15197 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15198 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15199 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15200 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15202 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15203 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15204 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15206 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15207 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15208 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15209 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15210 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15212 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15213 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15214 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15215 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15216 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15217 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead.\n"
15219 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15220 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15221 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15224 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15225 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15226 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15227 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15228 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15229 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15230 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15233 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15234 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15236 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15237 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15238 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15239 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15240 conditions are different.\n\
15242 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15244 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15245 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15247 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15248 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15251 add_catch_command (const char *name, const char *docstring,
15252 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
15253 completer_ftype *completer,
15254 void *user_data_catch,
15255 void *user_data_tcatch)
15257 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15259 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, docstring,
15261 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15262 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15263 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15265 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, docstring,
15267 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15268 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15269 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15273 save_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
15275 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15276 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15277 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
15280 struct breakpoint *
15281 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15284 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15286 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15288 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15295 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15296 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15299 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15301 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15302 non-inline function. */
15303 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15309 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15310 have been inlined. */
15313 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15314 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15316 struct breakpoint *b;
15317 struct bp_location *bl;
15319 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15321 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15324 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15326 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15327 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15335 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15338 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15340 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15342 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15343 if (loc->symtab != NULL && SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc->symtab) == objfile)
15344 loc->symtab = NULL;
15348 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15350 static int initialized = 0;
15352 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15358 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15359 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15360 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15361 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15362 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15363 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15364 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15365 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15366 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15367 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_create_sals_from_location;
15368 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15369 ops->decode_location = bkpt_decode_location;
15371 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15372 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15373 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15374 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15375 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15376 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15377 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15378 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15380 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15381 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15382 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15383 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15384 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15385 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15386 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15387 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15388 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15389 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15391 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15392 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15393 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15394 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15395 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15396 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15397 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15399 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15400 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15401 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15402 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15403 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15404 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15405 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15407 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15408 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15409 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15410 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15411 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15412 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15413 ops->decode_location = bkpt_probe_decode_location;
15416 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15417 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15418 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15419 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15420 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15421 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15422 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15423 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15424 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15425 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15426 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15427 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15428 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
15430 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15431 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15432 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15433 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15434 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15435 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15436 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15437 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15438 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15439 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15440 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15443 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15444 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15445 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15446 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15447 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15448 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15449 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15450 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_create_sals_from_location;
15451 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15452 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_decode_location;
15454 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15455 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15456 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15457 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15458 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_probe_decode_location;
15460 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15461 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15462 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15463 ops->create_sals_from_location = strace_marker_create_sals_from_location;
15464 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15465 ops->decode_location = strace_marker_decode_location;
15467 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15468 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15469 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15470 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15471 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15472 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15473 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15474 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15475 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15476 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15478 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15479 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15480 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15481 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15482 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15483 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15484 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15485 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15486 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15487 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15489 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15490 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15491 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15492 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15493 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15494 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15495 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15496 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15497 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15498 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15500 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15501 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15502 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15503 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15504 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15505 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15506 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15507 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15508 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15509 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15510 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15512 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15513 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15514 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
15515 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15516 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15517 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15518 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
15519 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
15520 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
15523 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15525 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15528 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15530 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15532 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15534 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15535 gdb::observers::free_objfile.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
15536 gdb::observers::memory_changed.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15538 breakpoint_objfile_key
15539 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_objfile_data);
15541 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15542 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15543 before a breakpoint is set. */
15544 breakpoint_count = 0;
15546 tracepoint_count = 0;
15548 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15549 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15550 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15552 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15553 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15554 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15555 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15557 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15558 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15559 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15560 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15561 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15563 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15564 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15565 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15566 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15567 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15569 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15570 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15571 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15572 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15573 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15575 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15576 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15578 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15579 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15580 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15581 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15583 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15584 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15586 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15587 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15588 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15589 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15591 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15592 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15594 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15595 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15596 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15597 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15598 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15599 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15600 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15602 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15604 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15605 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15606 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15607 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15608 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15609 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15611 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15612 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15613 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15616 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15617 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15618 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15621 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15622 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15623 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15624 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15627 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15628 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15629 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15632 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15633 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15634 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15637 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15638 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15639 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15640 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15643 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15644 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15645 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15646 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15647 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15648 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15649 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15650 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15652 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
15653 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15654 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15655 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15656 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15657 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15660 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
15661 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15662 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15663 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15665 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15666 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15667 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
15668 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15669 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15671 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
15672 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15673 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15674 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15675 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15678 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
15679 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15680 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15682 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15683 is executing in.\n"
15684 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15685 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15686 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
15688 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
15689 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15690 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15691 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15693 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
15694 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
15695 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
15696 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
15700 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
15701 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15702 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
15703 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
15704 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
15705 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
15706 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
15707 add_com ("status", class_info, info_breakpoints_command, _("\
15708 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15709 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15710 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15711 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15712 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15713 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15714 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15715 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15717 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15718 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15719 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15720 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15721 breakpoint set."));
15724 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command, _("\
15725 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15726 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15727 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15728 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15729 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15730 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15731 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15732 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15734 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15735 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15736 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15737 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15738 breakpoint set."));
15740 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15742 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
15743 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15744 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15745 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15746 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15747 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15748 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15749 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15750 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15751 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15752 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15753 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15754 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15756 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15757 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15758 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15759 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15761 &maintenanceinfolist);
15763 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
15764 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15765 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
15766 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15768 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
15769 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15770 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
15771 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15773 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15774 catch_fork_command_1,
15776 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
15777 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
15778 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15779 catch_fork_command_1,
15781 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
15782 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
15783 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15784 catch_exec_command_1,
15788 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15789 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15790 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15791 catch_load_command_1,
15795 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15796 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15797 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15798 catch_unload_command_1,
15803 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
15804 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15805 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15806 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15807 an expression changes.\n\
15808 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15809 the memory to which it refers."));
15810 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15812 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
15813 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15814 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15815 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15816 an expression is read.\n\
15817 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15818 the memory to which it refers."));
15819 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15821 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
15822 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15823 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15824 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15825 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15826 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15827 the memory to which it refers."));
15828 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15830 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command, _("\
15831 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15833 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15834 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15835 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
15836 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
15837 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15838 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15839 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15840 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15841 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15844 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
15845 &setlist, &showlist);
15847 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
15849 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15851 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
15852 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15854 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15855 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15856 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15858 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
15859 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15860 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15861 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15863 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
15864 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15866 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15867 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15868 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15870 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
15871 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15873 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15874 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15875 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15876 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15877 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15878 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15879 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15880 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15881 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15883 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15884 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15885 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15886 conditions are different.\n\
15888 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15889 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15890 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15892 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command, _("\
15893 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15894 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15895 last tracepoint set."));
15897 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15899 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
15900 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15901 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15902 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15904 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
15906 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
15907 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15908 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15909 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15911 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
15913 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
15914 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15915 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15916 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15918 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
15920 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
15921 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15922 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15923 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15924 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15926 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
15927 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15928 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
15929 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15931 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
15932 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15933 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15934 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15935 session to restore them."),
15937 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15939 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
15940 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15941 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15943 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15945 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
15946 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
15948 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15949 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15950 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15951 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15952 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
15953 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
15954 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15955 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15956 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15957 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15958 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
15959 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
15961 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
15962 &pending_break_support, _("\
15963 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15964 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15965 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15966 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15967 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15968 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15970 show_pending_break_support,
15971 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15972 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15974 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
15976 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
15977 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
15978 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15979 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15980 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15981 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15982 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15984 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
15985 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15986 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15988 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
15989 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
15990 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15991 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15992 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15993 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15994 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15995 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15996 when execution stops."),
15998 &show_always_inserted_mode,
15999 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16000 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16002 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16003 condition_evaluation_enums,
16004 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16005 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16006 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16007 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16008 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16009 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16010 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16011 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16012 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16013 be set to \"gdb\""),
16014 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16015 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16016 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16017 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16019 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16020 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16021 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16022 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16023 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16024 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16025 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16026 or the start of the range\n\
16027 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16028 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16029 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16031 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16032 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16033 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16035 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16036 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16037 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16038 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16039 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING));
16040 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16042 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16043 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16044 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16045 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16046 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16047 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16048 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16049 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16050 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16051 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16052 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16053 &setlist, &showlist);
16055 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16056 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16057 &dprintf_function, _("\
16058 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16059 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16060 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16061 &setlist, &showlist);
16063 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16064 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16065 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16066 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16067 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16068 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16069 &setlist, &showlist);
16071 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16072 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16073 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16074 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16075 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16076 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16079 &setlist, &showlist);
16081 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16082 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16083 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16085 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16087 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16088 gdb::observers::thread_exit.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints);